Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Oak Valley Bancorp / FY2008 Annual Report

Oak Valley Bancorp
Annual Report 2008

OVLY · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker OVLY
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 225
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Oak Valley Bancorp
Loading PDF…
Oak Valley Bancorp

2 0 0 8   A n n u a l   r e p o r t

B r a n c h e s

Oak Valley  
Community Bank
Oakdale
125 North Third Avenue
Oakdale, CA 95361
(209) 848-BANK (2265)
Sonora
14580 Mono Way
Sonora, CA 95370
(209) 532-7100
Modesto-12th & I
1200 I Street
Modesto, CA 95354
(209) 549-BANK (2265)
Modesto-Dale
4120 B Dale Road
Modesto, CA 95356
(209) 758-8000
Turlock
2001 Geer Road
Turlock, CA 95382
(209) 633-2850
Stockton
2935 West March Lane
Stockton, CA 95219
(209) 320-7850
Patterson
20 Plaza Circle
Patterson, CA 95363
(209) 892-5757
Ripon
150 North Wilma Avenue
Ripon, CA 95366
(209) 599-9430
Escalon 
1910 McHenry Avenue
Escalon, CA 95320
(209) 821-3070

www.ovcb.com

Eastern Sierra 
Community Bank
Bridgeport
166 Main Street
Bridgeport, CA 93517
(760) 932-7926
Mammoth Lakes
170 Mountain Boulevard
Mammoth Lakes, CA 93546
(760) 924-0990
Bishop
351 North Main Street
Bishop, CA 93514
(760) 874-BANK (2265)

www.escbank.com

ATM Only Locations:

Crowley Lake General Store
Crowley Lake, CA

Bishop Creek Lodge
Bishop, CA

United States Marine Corps
Marine Housing Exchange
Coleville, CA

United States Marine Corps
Mountain Warfare  
Training Center  
Bridgeport, CA 

Inyo Shell
Bishop, CA

Pearsonville Shell
Pearsonville, CA

Mammoth Shell
Mammoth Lakes, CA

Deep Roots ~ Strong Branches

S t e a d y ,   S t r o n g   a n d   S t a n d i n g   T a l l

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY
(In thousands except for per share amounts)

Our Mission

Year Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004

To provide old-fashioned service with leading edge products through modern 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income before 

provisions for loan losses 

Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income 
Total non-interest income 
Total non-interest expense 
Income taxes 
Net earnings 
Preferred stock dividends & accretion 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Per common share net earnings (basic) 
Per common share cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared 
Total assets 
Total earning assets 
Net loans 
Federal funds sold 
Investment securities 
Total deposits 
Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits 
Total stockholder’s equity 
Weighted average common 
shares outstanding 

 $29,247  
 8,732  
 20,515  

 2,188  
 18,327  
 2,522  
 17,865  
 822  
 2,162  
 (64) 
 2,098  
 0.27  
 0.075  
 574  
 508,203  
 470,428  
 421,573  
 765  
 41,449  
 378,248  
 64,277  
 313,971  
 57,986  

 $31,837  
 13,006  
 18,831  

 555  
 18,276  
 2,198  
 14,213  
 2,335  
 3,925  
 -  
 3,925  
 0.53  
 0.190  
 1,445  
 454,259  
 425,128  
 382,264  
 3,805  
 33,373  
 377,348  
 68,151  
 309,197  
 42,361  

 $28,695  
 11,362  
 17,333  

 595  
 16,738  
 1,689  
 12,221  
 2,480  
 3,726  
 -  
 3,726  
 0.53  
 0.190  
 1,348  
 455,070  
 417,282  
 372,819  
 2,640  
 36,249  
 378,530  
 56,339  
 322,191  
 34,189  

 $21,447  
 6,284  
 15,163  

 705  
 14,458  
 1,313  
 9,342  
 2,495  
 3,935  
 -  
 3,935  
 0.57  
 0.250  
 1,163  
 382,122  
 351,157  
 312,787  
 -  
 33,049  
 329,080  
 42,423  
 286,657  
 31,038  

 $16,346 
 3,610 
 12,736 

 938 
 11,798 
 1,452 
 7,940 
 2,059 
 3,251 
 - 
 3,251 
 0.49 
 0.290 
 888 
 313,063 
 296,779 
 254,035 
 5,000 
 33,284 
 249,043 
 25,954 
 223,089 
 28,245 

 7,642,775  

 7,364,681  

 7,062,841  

 6,946,285  

 6,657,413 

systems and technology. The emphasis is one-on-one personal service through 

tailored products to meet a customer’s unique needs. Decisions are  

decentralized within the communities we serve with a goal of building a 

profitable Bank that optimizes investor return in an environment that promotes 

employee growth and community service.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L e t t e r   t o   S h a r e h o l d e r s

Dear Customers, 

Shareholders 

and Friends:

The year 2008 will undoubt-
edly be remembered as one 
of the most tumultuous years 
our country has faced since 
the Great Depression. We’ve 
witnessed large swings in 
home values, gas prices, inter-
est rates, consumer goods, and 
the stock market. Oak Valley 
Bancorp has not been immune 
to these circumstances. How-
ever, while many of our peers 
posted losses for the first time 
in decades—some for the first 
time since inception—we are 
pleased to report that the Bank 
posted a modest profit. 

Our success this past year 

can be largely attributed 
to the Bank continuing to 
embrace the simple guiding 
principles which have insu-
lated us from the difficulties 
many banks have experienced 
during the present economic 

ties, which is vital to our local 
and national economy. 

Customer service remains a 

vital focus. As our most  
valuable asset in serving cus-
tomers, we give full credit to 
our employees, placing a great 
deal of trust in them to grow 
mutually satisfying relation-
ships. At the same time, we pe-
riodically monitor service levels 
in our branches through our 
mystery shopper program and 
customer feedback surveys to 
ensure we are constantly  
delivering an unequaled cus-
tomer experience. 

In closing, we understand 

that opportunities may be 
created as a result of con-
solidations arising from the 
instability within the financial 
industry, at both the local 
and national levels. As we ap-
proach the year ahead, we will 
seize these opportunities with 
caution and only when they 
make sense within the scope 
of our business and footprint. 
We will make studied choices 
and take deliberate action 
when appropriate. We will 
keep a steady pace, remain 
strong and emerge, as we are 
today, standing tall.

—Ronald C. Martin, 
Chief Executive Officer

Our ability to reach the 

$500 million milestone is 
a direct result of effective 
operations and our keen focus 
on the things we do best: 
relationship lending wrapped 
by our own unique style of 
personal service. Loan growth 
for the year totaled nearly $40 
million and, while production 
potential for the coming year 
is not clear, we are confident 
our brand of banking will 
continue to resonate within 
our communities regardless of 
the state of the economy. 

The Bank also fortified its 

financial position by inject-
ing $13.5 million in capital 
in 2008. With customers, 
shareholders and employees 
in mind, management took a 
proactive and precautionary 
step by increasing an already 
well capitalized position of 
11%, to over 13%. Aside from 
prudence, but just as impor-
tant, the capital allows the 
Bank to continue to grow by 
lending within our communi-

downturn. Consistent lend-
ing practices, conservative, 
local decision-making, and 
first-class service at all levels 
of customer interaction are 
the traditions that continue to 
shape our profits and future. 
The year also brought our 
share of milestones. In 2008, 
we established Oak Valley 
Bancorp, a one-bank hold-
ing company for Oak Valley 
Community and Eastern 
Sierra Community Bank. The 
holding company formation is 
designed to foster our ability 
to provide long-term value 
to our shareholders. Shortly 
thereafter, we submitted an 
application to be listed and 
traded on the NASDAQ Capi-
tal Market. Receiving approval 
in January 2009, Oak Valley 
Bancorp now trades under the 
ticker symbol OVLY. 

Perhaps our greatest 
accomplishment of the year 
was surpassing $500 million 
in total assets. Today in the 
United States, only 1,000 of 
the more than 7,000 commer-
cial banks in operation have 
assets totaling $500 million 
or more. Exceeding 
one-half billion dollars 

in assets signifies the 
strength of the Bank 
and, despite the volatility 
in the banking sector, should 
instill confidence in our cus-
tomers and shareholders alike 
with respect to our resilience 
and long-term viability. 

 
plished all of this while 
holding fast to our 
core values.

We’ve worked 

hard to create a 
Bank that offers 
timely, relevant products 
using modern systems and 
technologies, while remaining 
firmly rooted in our promise 
to deliver old-fashioned, 
personalized service. Our 
“high touch” customer service 
strategy received a boost last 
year with the adoption of a 
sophisticated Customer Rela-
tionship Management system. 
This system enables the Bank 
to anticipate customer needs 
and identify opportunities for 
building household level prof-
itability by targeting specific 
offers to customers based on 
their current product mix, per-
sonal data and other criteria. 
This valuable data allows us 
to more efficiently hone our 
marketing efforts to broaden 
relationships and increase ac-
count growth and profitability. 

We’ve also increased 
our use of email and web-
based marketing techniques, 
both highly effective and 
economical ways to reach 

customers. 
Usage of these 
techniques will 
most certainly see 
continued growth with 
the planned launch of our 
new online account opening 
platform, due in early 2009, 
which will allow the Bank 
to attract a wider audience, 
both geographically and 
demographically. 

Another relevant product 
enhancement reflecting the 
changing tastes of the Ameri-
can consumer is eStatements. 
We rolled out a “Go Green” 
initiative encouraging cus-
tomers to opt for eStatements 
rather than traditional paper, 
simultaneously implementing 
a bankwide shredding and 
recycling effort. 

We also reached out to 
customers and local business 
owners this year in many of 
our communities with an 
Identity Theft Prevention 
workshop. Business owners 
attended a presentation that 
conveyed information on how 
to protect their own, as well as 
their customers’ information. 
With identity theft being one 
of the fastest growing crimes 
in America, we felt that this ef-
fort would be particularly valu-

Our products  

allow us to establish 

roots for the 

relationships we 

create with customers. 

Anticipating and 

understanding 

their needs and 

delivering convenient 

solutions that exceed 

expectations is what 

drives customer 

satisfaction  

and loyalty.

able to local businesses, while 
serving as a way for us to give 
back and showcase the “old-
fashioned” touch that sets our 
brand of service apart from so 
many of our competitors.

growing a solid   
business from the ground up

The secret of our success at 

Oak Valley Community Bank is simple, 

and one we’ve stayed true to since

our inception—deep roots 
and strong branches. Our 
strong foundation has 
enabled the Bank to remain 

profitable even during these 
troubled economic times. 
We’ve diligently followed a 
realistic plan focused on (1) 
building a well diversified and 
balanced loan portfolio, (2) 
attracting low-cost deposits, 

(3) cultivating quality banking 
professionals, and (4) distin-
guishing our unique brand 
of relationship banking in 
the marketplace. The positive 
results we’ve enjoyed serve as 
a true testament to our pru-
dent, methodical approach to 
growth. And we’ve accom-

Oak Valley Community 

Bank’s root system 

provides a stable 

foundation, serving as 

both an anchor and 

a storehouse for 

growth.

fueling growth with tried  
and true lending practices

Our ability to remain profitable in 

tough economic times while many 

banks have faltered is no accident.

Early on, we established a 
diversified strategy as a corner-
stone element of our business 
plan which has served us well 
in good times and bad. And, 
while many banks succumbed 
to the temptation to issue sub-
prime or other risky loans to 
boost short-term profitability, 
Oak Valley Community Bank 
stayed true to our conservative 
lending practices to ensure fi-
nancial stability. These prudent 
practices—solid underwriting 
guidelines, adherence to sen-
sible credit standards, in-depth 
knowledge of our customers, 
and a balanced tolerance for 
risk—have enabled us to suc-
cessfully weather the recent 

financial storm. As a result, 
our asset quality continues to 
remain very high, with non-
performing assets comprising 
only 1.47% of our total assets. 
Our traditionally conser-
vative yet flexible approach 
to lending has become the 
hallmark of Oak Valley Com-
munity Bank, engendering a 
strong sense of commitment 
and responsibility among 
our management, staff and 
customers. We’ve continued 
to cater to mid-sized, local 
businesses, building these 
relationships one product at 
a time through personalized 

Just like the trunk of a 

tree serves as the lifeline 

transportation system 

between the roots and the 

leaves, Oak Valley’s lending 

practices fuel our long-term 

growth and success.

service. The mutual trust we 
share with our customers is 
helping many of them man-
age some difficult financial 
situations, and we take pride 
in our ability to provide sup-
port and reassurance which 
further strengthens our rela-
tionships with them.

At Oak Valley, we’ve 

watched with mixed emotions 
as our fellow banking institu-
tions have endured steep 
declines in their stock values, 
market share, branch networks 
and customer bases. However, 
we also realize that oppor-
tunities often arise through 
adversity. Our branches are 
poised to welcome new 
customers who’ve been 
displaced or become dissatis-
fied as a result of bank closures, 
mergers and acquisitions. As 
always, we offer a safe haven 
that provides a larger measure 
of security, service and support 
in accordance with our more 

personalized style  

of banking.

Core Values 

Service Empower our 

employees to provide 

exceptional service to our 

customers and expand 

relationships within our 

communities. 

Teamwork United 

to reach common 

goals through open 

communication and 

flexibility that promotes an 

environment for success. 

inTegriTy Ethical 

business practices with 

accountability to our 

employees, customers, and 

shareholders. 

Performance Maximize 

shareholder value through 

quality growth and 

consistent profitability. 

communiTy Commitment 

to strengthening the 

success and health of the 

communities we call home. 

enTrePreneurial 

Creating wealth and 

prosperity by fostering 

a flexible and innovative 

business environment. 

without sacrificing asset 
quality or profitability. The 
program’s strong emphasis 
on customer service uses 
numerous relationship-
bolstering techniques, but 
largely relies on three simple 
tenets: (1) we ask about and 
understand the customer 
today, (2) we listen and 
understand the customer’s 
plans for the future, 
and (3) we act 
to help the 
customer fulfill 
objectives and 
implement 
solutions. This approach 
reinforces our existing style 
of personalized banking, and 
by adopting these techniques 
when addressing our 
customers, we can continue 
to meet their needs and 
ultimately grow relationships 
that last a lifetime. 

banking industry with a style 
that emphasizes customer 
service through ongoing 
one-on-one interaction. More 
than ever, we are reaching out 
to our commercial customers 
for a deeper understanding 
of their businesses to address 
their needs, not just today, 
but in the future. While our 
lenders and branch managers 
own this relationship-crafting 
process, our customers have 
full access to all levels of the 
organization. Executives regu-
larly call on customers and 
are always available to discuss 
their banking needs to ensure 
their long-term success. 
Oak Valley’s hands-on 

approach has become 
especially valuable to 
customers during these 
difficult financial times. The 
Bank’s increased visibility 
during this turbulent time 
has served to reassure our 
customers that we’re here to 
stay. Customers know their 
money is safe with Oak Valley 
simply because our financial 
performance speaks for  

In 2008, Oak Valley 

Community Bank 

reached the $500 

million in assets 

mark as a result of 

18 years of steady 

growth. We thank 

our customers for 

helping us achieve 

this goal! 

itself. They’ve come to trust  
us, and we’ve earned that 
trust as a result of the way we 
do business. 

In an effort to strengthen 
the Bank’s sales and service 
culture even further, we 
engaged a nationally known 
consulting firm to assist us in 
building a sales management 
process to generate 
sustainable revenue growth 

reaching out to build 
lasting relationships

Ask anyone who’s familiar with 

Oak Valley Community Bank what defines 

our institution, and they’ll inevitably

say “customer service.” This 
is because we make every 
account holder feel like the 

valued customer they are.  
Everyone from front-line tell-
ers to our executive manage-
ment team unanimously 
believes in taking that extra 

step to enhance our custom-
ers’ satisfaction. Toward that 
end, we employ a tried and 
true technique: We ask, we 
listen, and then we act. 

Oak Valley has elevated 
the definition of service in the 

Our branches reach 

out to customers, 

offering shelter during 

troubled times while 

providing welcome 

comfort in the form 

of rewarding banking 

relationships.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY
(In thousands except for per share amounts)

Our Mission

Year Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004

To provide old-fashioned service with leading edge products through modern 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income before 

provisions for loan losses 

Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income 
Total non-interest income 
Total non-interest expense 
Income taxes 
Net earnings 
Preferred stock dividends & accretion 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Per common share net earnings (basic) 
Per common share cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared 
Total assets 
Total earning assets 
Net loans 
Federal funds sold 
Investment securities 
Total deposits 
Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits 
Total stockholder’s equity 
Weighted average common 
shares outstanding 

 $29,247  
 8,732  
 20,515  

 2,188  
 18,327  
 2,522  
 17,865  
 822  
 2,162  
 (64) 
 2,098  
 0.27  
 0.075  
 574  
 508,203  
 470,428  
 421,573  
 765  
 41,449  
 378,248  
 64,277  
 313,971  
 57,986  

 $31,837  
 13,006  
 18,831  

 555  
 18,276  
 2,198  
 14,213  
 2,335  
 3,925  
 -  
 3,925  
 0.53  
 0.190  
 1,445  
 454,259  
 425,128  
 382,264  
 3,805  
 33,373  
 377,348  
 68,151  
 309,197  
 42,361  

 $28,695  
 11,362  
 17,333  

 595  
 16,738  
 1,689  
 12,221  
 2,480  
 3,726  
 -  
 3,726  
 0.53  
 0.190  
 1,348  
 455,070  
 417,282  
 372,819  
 2,640  
 36,249  
 378,530  
 56,339  
 322,191  
 34,189  

 $21,447  
 6,284  
 15,163  

 705  
 14,458  
 1,313  
 9,342  
 2,495  
 3,935  
 -  
 3,935  
 0.57  
 0.250  
 1,163  
 382,122  
 351,157  
 312,787  
 -  
 33,049  
 329,080  
 42,423  
 286,657  
 31,038  

 $16,346 
 3,610 
 12,736 

 938 
 11,798 
 1,452 
 7,940 
 2,059 
 3,251 
 - 
 3,251 
 0.49 
 0.290 
 888 
 313,063 
 296,779 
 254,035 
 5,000 
 33,284 
 249,043 
 25,954 
 223,089 
 28,245 

 7,642,775  

 7,364,681  

 7,062,841  

 6,946,285  

 6,657,413 

systems and technology. The emphasis is one-on-one personal service through 

tailored products to meet a customer’s unique needs. Decisions are  

decentralized within the communities we serve with a goal of building a 

profitable Bank that optimizes investor return in an environment that promotes 

employee growth and community service.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DI R ECTOR S

Officer s

Correspondent Ba nk

Michael Q. Jones
Chairman of the Board
General Contracting, Land 
Development and General 
Real Estate

Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer

Christopher M. Courtney
President

Roger M. Schrimp
Vice Chairman of the Board 
Chairman Audit Committee
Chairman Compensation 
Committee
Attorney and Cattle Rancher

Donald L. Barton
Walnut Grower and Processor

Christopher M. Courtney
President
Oak Valley Community Bank

James L. Gilbert
Feed and Seed Business

Rick McCarty
Executive Vice President
Chief Administration Officer 
Chief Financial Officer

Wendy Burth
Executive Vice President
Retail Banking Group

Dave Harvey
Executive Vice President
Commercial Banking Group

Mike Rodrigues
Executive Vice President
Chief Credit Officer

Thomas A. Haidlen
Chairman Loan Committee
Automobile Dealer

Ron Briw
Senior Vice President
Senior Credit Officer

Union Bank of California, N.A.
400 California Street
San Francisco, CA  94104

Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank
340 Pine Street, Suite 401
San Francisco, CA  94104

Tr ansfer Agen t   

an d Reg istr ar

Computershare
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA  02021
(800) 962-4284

Market Maker s

Troy Norlander
The Seidler Companies
(800) 288-2811

John Cavender
Howe Barnes Hoeffer  
and Arnett
(415) 538-5725

Arne J. Knudsen
Corporate Secretary
Oak Valley Community Bank
Wholesale Nurseryman

Ronald C. Martin
Chief Executive Officer
Oak Valley Community Bank

Danny L. Titus
Chairman CRA Committee
Real Estate and Investments

Richard J. Vaughan
Chairman Investment 
Committee
Agribusinessman

Di r ector s Emeritus

Barry M. Jett
Real Estate Investor

Romain J. Schonhoff
CPA and Farmer

Cathy Ghan
Senior Vice President
Commercial Real Estate

Joey Warmenhoven
McAdams Wright Ragen
(503) 922-4888

Advisor s

John Amistadi CPA
Jeff Arambel
Debbie Armstrong
Joe Azzopardi
Nelson Bahler
Joseph Barlupo
Gary Barton
Jennifer Bethel
David Bhakta
Dennis Bitters
Candido Borges
Roy R. Brown Jr., DDS
Larry Buehner
Wendy Coddington
Harold Copp

Janis Powers
Senior Vice President
Risk Management Officer

Gary Stephens
Senior Vice President
Credit Administrator

Independent Auditor s

Moss-Adams LLP
3121 West March Lane,  
Suite 100
Stockton, CA  95219-2303

Legal Couns el

Donald G. Parachini
Leland, Parachini, Steinberg,
Matzger & Melnick, LLP
333 Market Street, 27th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105-2171

Jim Devenport
Herb Dompe
Paula M. Frago
Arlene Francis
Matt Friedrich
Richard Gilton
Richard Gonzales
Rick Gray
Roger Gregg
Carmen Hagan
Frank Hagan
Dick Hagerty
Stephen Haycock
Marge Imfeld
Larry Jones
Olga Jones
Peter Kay
Mike Kline
Theresa Lara
Dr. Daniel Lee
Craig Lewis
Gary Linhares
Dave Lyon
Tim Martin
Jaime McManis
Stan Nelsen
Carol Ornelas
Ray Perez
Scott Piercy
Bruce Porter
John Ramos
Blake Rasmussen
Marc Robinson
Frank Rocha
Kathy Rocha
Mike Ruddy, Sr.
Ward Schemper
Rick Schiltz
Collin Schut
Donald Segerstrom
Dave Silva
Kevin Sosinsky
Roger Stevens
Jim Stevens
Niniv Tamimi
Bruce Thompson
Willie Traina
John Vereuck
Arlon Waterson
Pat Wilkey

Founder s

Steve Benak, MD
Andrea Boston-Gilbert
Gordon A. and Yvonne Brown
Robert and Beverly Brunker
William D. and Joyce 

A.Compton

Hal and Chrys Copp
Betty Dallas
Ramon A. Esslinger
Donald Fagundes
Richard A. and Susan J. Franco
Joel W. Geddes, Jr.
Harrison Gibbs
James Lawrence Gilbert
Thomas A. and Julia D. 

Haidlen

Mr. and Mrs. Walter H. 

Heckendorf

Barbara Heckendorf
Mrs. Beverly Haidlen Holloway
Leonard B. and Betty M. 

Jackson

Barry M. and Betty-Lynn Jett
Henry Kamps, Jr.
Arne and Birgitta Knudsen
Soren and Sharon Knudsen
Steven Knudsen
Joe and Joyce Martin
Della Messner
Bill and Sharon Morris
James A. Morrison III
Ben and Judy Mullins
Dr. and Mrs. J. Patrick 

Mulrooney

Thomas W. and Marsha L. Orr
Willem Postma
Mike Reed
Roger M. and Delsie Schrimp
Romain and Janette 

Schonhoff

Ralph P. and Margitta R. 

Sikkema, DVM

Richard D. and Ola L. Stokes
George and Ruth Thoukis
Danny L. and Suzette Titus
DeWayne F. Titus
Lynda Vaughan
Richard J. Vaughan
Jack Watkins
Gilbert O. Wymond III

 
 
 
Oak Valley Bancorp

2 0 0 8   A n n u a l   r e p o r t

B r a n c h e s

Oak Valley  
Community Bank
Oakdale
125 North Third Avenue
Oakdale, CA 95361
(209) 848-BANK (2265)
Sonora
14580 Mono Way
Sonora, CA 95370
(209) 532-7100
Modesto-12th & I
1200 I Street
Modesto, CA 95354
(209) 549-BANK (2265)
Modesto-Dale
4120 B Dale Road
Modesto, CA 95356
(209) 758-8000
Turlock
2001 Geer Road
Turlock, CA 95382
(209) 633-2850
Stockton
2935 West March Lane
Stockton, CA 95219
(209) 320-7850
Patterson
20 Plaza Circle
Patterson, CA 95363
(209) 892-5757
Ripon
150 North Wilma Avenue
Ripon, CA 95366
(209) 599-9430
Escalon 
1910 McHenry Avenue
Escalon, CA 95320
(209) 821-3070

www.ovcb.com

Eastern Sierra 
Community Bank
Bridgeport
166 Main Street
Bridgeport, CA 93517
(760) 932-7926
Mammoth Lakes
170 Mountain Boulevard
Mammoth Lakes, CA 93546
(760) 924-0990
Bishop
351 North Main Street
Bishop, CA 93514
(760) 874-BANK (2265)

www.escbank.com

ATM Only Locations:

Crowley Lake General Store
Crowley Lake, CA

Bishop Creek Lodge
Bishop, CA

United States Marine Corps
Marine Housing Exchange
Coleville, CA

United States Marine Corps
Mountain Warfare  
Training Center  
Bridgeport, CA 

Inyo Shell
Bishop, CA

Pearsonville Shell
Pearsonville, CA

Mammoth Shell
Mammoth Lakes, CA

Deep Roots ~ Strong Branches

S t e a d y ,   S t r o n g   a n d   S t a n d i n g   T a l l

 

 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 
OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization) 
125 North Third Avenue 
Oakdale, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

26-2326676 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

95361 
(Zip Code) 

(209) 848-2265 
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to  Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to  Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
(Title of class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange 

Act. 

Yes  

No  

No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file 
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           Yes                                            No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K 
or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 

company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one): 
Large accelerated filer  

Smaller reporting company  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  
(Do not check if a 
smaller reporting company) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Yes  

No  

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was 

$37,480,902 based on the closing price. 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 

Common Stock, No Par Value 
[Common Stock, No par value per share] 

Outstanding at March 30, 2009 
7,661,627 shares 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Document 

Parts Into Which Incorporated 

NONE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3
3
16
16
17
17
17

17

17
19

19
37

37
37
37

38
38
43

45
47
48

49
49

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

PART I 
ITEM 1 - 
ITEM 1A -  RISK FACTORS 
ITEM 1B -  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
ITEM 2 - 
ITEM 3 - 
ITEM 4 - 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

PART II 
ITEM 5 -  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ITEM 6 - 
ITEM 7- 

ITEM 8 - 
ITEM 9 - 

ISSUERS PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A -  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
ITEM 9B-  OTHER INFORMATION 

PART III 
ITEM 10 -  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
ITEM 11 -  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
ITEM 12 -  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

ITEM 13 -  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
ITEM 14 -  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

PART IV 
ITEM 15 -  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

SIGNATURES 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS OF OAK VALLEY BANCORP 

Overview of the Business 

PART I 

Oak Valley Bancorp was incorporated on April 1, 2008 in California for the purpose of becoming Oak Valley Community 
Bank’s parent bank holding company. Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Bancorp acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Oak 
Valley Community Bank. The principal office of Oak Valley Bancorp is located at 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, California 
95361 and its principal telephone is (209) 848-2265. 

Oak Valley Bancorp is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value, of which 7,661,627 are issued 

and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value, of which 13,500 Series A preferred stock shares are 
issued or outstanding. 

Oak Valley Community Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  We are an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance 

Act and are a member of the Federal Reserve.  Since its formation, the Bank has provided basic banking services to individuals and 
business enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The focus of the Bank is to offer a range of commercial banking 
services designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in the two main areas of service of the Bank: the Central 
Valley and the Eastern Sierras. 

The Bank offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Bank also offers 
commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential 
and commercial purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain normal 
provisions for acceleration.  The Bank introduced a mortgage-lending program, Community Bank Lending Exchange (“CBLX”), at 
the beginning of 2003.  At December 31, 2008, the Bank has originated $205 million in loans for funding by CBLX. 

The Bank also offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, 
merchant services, night depository, extended hours, traveler’s checks, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller 
machines in a national network.  The Bank does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Bank may 
make such services available to the Bank’s customers through financial institutions with which the Bank has correspondent banking 
relationships.  The Bank does not offer stock transfer services nor does it directly issue credit cards. 

Expansion 

Branch Expansion.    Over the past few years, our network of branches and loan production offices have been expanded 
geographically. As of December 31, 2008, we maintained twelve full-service branch offices (in addition to our main office). 
Beginning in October 1995, we started our geographic expansion outside of Oakdale, by opening a Loan Production Office in Sonora, 
California. We subsequently  opened a branch in Sonora and branches in Modesto.  In September 2000, we expanded into the Eastern 
Sierra, opening a branch in Bridgeport, California under the name Eastern Sierra Community Bank.  Since that time we have added 
branches in Mammoth Lakes and Bishop. During 2005 and through the first part of 2006, we aggressively increased our presence in 
the Central Valley, by opening branches.  In March 2007 our corporate headquarters expanded by adding an adjacent historical 
building located in downtown Oakdale to its complex.  We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening 
of additional branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit. 

Bank Holding Company Reorganization.  Effective July 3, 2008, we entered into a bank holding company reorganization, 
whereby each of the Bank’s outstanding shares of common stock converted into an equal number of shares of common stock in Oak 
Valley Bancorp, which currently owns the Bank as its wholly-owned subsidiary. Management believes that operating the Bank within 
a holding company structure will, among other things, provide greater operating flexibility than is currently enjoyed by Oak Valley 
Community Bank; facilitate the acquisition of related businesses as opportunities arise; improve the Bank’s ability to diversify; 
enhance the Bank’s ability to remain competitive in the future with other companies in the financial services industry that are 
organized in a holding company structure; and improve the Bank’s ability to raise capital to support growth.  The reorganization was 
approved by the vote of the majority of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock. 

Business Segments 

We operate in two primary business segments: Retail Banking and Commercial Banking.  We determine operating results of each 

segment based on an internal management system that allocates certain expenses to each segment.  These segments are described in 
additional detail below: 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail Banking.  The Bank offers a range of checking and savings accounts, including NOW and Super NOW accounts, overdraft 

protection, passbook savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market certificates, and Individual Retirement Accounts 
(“IRA”).  To satisfy the lending needs of individuals in its service area, the Bank offers real estate and home equity financing, as well 
as consumer, automobile, and home improvement loans. 

Commercial Banking.  The Bank offers a range of deposit and lending services to business customers.  More specifically, the 

Bank offers a variety of commercial loans for virtually any business, professional, or agricultural need. These include short-term 
working capital, operating lines of credit, equipment purchases, leasehold improvements, commercial real estate acquisitions or 
refinancing.  Currently, virtually all of the Bank’s business relationships are with customers located in the San Joaquin, Stanislaus, 
Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties. 

Primary Market Area 

We conduct business from our main office in Oakdale, a city of approximately 19,300 located in Stanislaus County, California. 

Oakdale is approximately 15 miles from Modesto and sits at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, at the edge of the California 
Central Valley agricultural area.  Through our branches, we serve customers in the Central Valley, from Fresno to Sacramento, and in 
foothill locations. We also reach into the Highway 395 corridor in the Eastern Sierras and in the towns of Bishop, Mammoth and 
Bridgeport.  Our lending activities are primarily focused in the counties of Stanislaus and San Joaquin and other surrounding counties 
within the Central Valley.  The Central Valley area has a total population of over 3 million. 

The Central Valley area has the highest concentration of agricultural workforce in California, primarily operating in farming, 

forestry, or fishing.  The unemployment rates of the California Central Valley area, throughout the counties that are within the Bank’s 
primary market areas, have historically been higher than the national average.  The effects of the national housing crisis and credit 
crunch, and the effects of the national economic slowdown and cutbacks in consumer spending have contributed to an increase in the 
unemployment rate within our primary market area since last year. The number of job losses in the Central Valley are soaring and the 
unemployment rate is nearing 20 percent in some cities. Riverbank’s unemployment rate is 19.8 percent, the unemployment rate in 
Patterson is 18.5 percent, and in Stockton the unemployment rate is 15.8 percent.  Similar upward trends in job losses have been 
observed in Merced, Tuolumne, Calaveras and Mariposa Counties as well.  The commercial real estate market in the Central Valley 
area is experiencing a sizable decline due to the slowing demand from buyers directly affected by the housing market downturn.  
Vacancies rates for retail, office and industrial spaces have risen since 2007 and will continue to rise in 2009.  Economic forecasts 
indicate that the impact from local housing market has impacted jobs, primarily related to construction, credit and related services and 
may continue to increase moving forward. 

Despite the economic challenges that we are currently experiencing in the markets in which we operate, we believe that we 
operate in areas of the country that have sound economic fundamentals, driven by a variety of factors, which will provide us with 
continued lending and growth opportunities in the future.  Some of these factors includes the significant role of the agriculture 
industry in the creation of jobs through direct employment or related services; a developed network of transportation infrastructure 
including interstate freeways, nearby deep water ports, two major railroad providing local intermodal yards, and access to international 
airports in the Bay Area.  The California transportation commissioners announced on the March 11, 2009 that it will spend $46.7 
million of state stimulus money to replace two aging bridges on Highway 99 in Merced County.  Such improvement of local 
infrastructure coupled with an inventory of available and affordable industrial land and buildings, dependable and affordable labor, 
and a quality of life and low cost of living,  could lead to population growth in the California Central Valley. These projects could also 
help to create new employment opportunities in the area. 

Lending Activities 

General.    Our loan policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct our lending operations. These 

policies address the types of loans available, underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield 
considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves 
our loan policies on an annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic 
loan audits by experienced external loan specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with laws and 
regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities, including: 

• commercial real estate loans, 

• commercial business lending and trade finance, 

• Small Business Administration lending, and 

• consumer loans, including automobile loans, home mortgages, credit lines and other personal loans. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As part of our efforts to achieve long-term stable profitability and respond to a changing economic environment in the California 

Central Valley, we constantly evaluate a variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services and products 
we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch locations, expanded days and hours of operation and new types of 
lending. 

Loan Procedures.    Loan applications may be approved by the Director Loan Committee of our Board of Directors, or by our 

management or lending officers, to the extent of their loan authority. Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our 
President and Chief Credit Officer are responsible for evaluating the authority limits for individual credit officers and recommending 
lending limits for all other officers to the board of directors for approval. 

We grant individual lending authority to our President, Chief Credit Officer, and to some department managers. Our highest 
management lending authority is combined administrative lending authority for unsecured and secured lending of $1,500,000, which 
requires the approval of our President or Chief Credit Officer. Loans for which direct and indirect borrower liability exceeds an 
individual’s lending authority are referred to our Board of Directors Loan Committee. 

At December  31, 2008, our authorized legal lending limits were $9.5 million for unsecured loans plus an additional 

$15.9 million for specific secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which prohibits a 
bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital 
plus the allowance for loan losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. Our primary capital plus 
allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2008 totaled $63.6 million. 

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain underwriting practices. The review of each loan 

application includes analysis of the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial condition, tax returns, cash 
flow projections, and the value of any collateral to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits of 
accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral 
value includes an appraisal report prepared by an independent, Bank-approved, appraiser. 

Real Estate Loans.    We offer commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of new or the refinancing of existing 
commercial properties, such as shopping centers, office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, automotive industry 
facilities and multiple dwellings. At December 31, 2008, real estate loans constituted 83% of our loan portfolio, of which 63% were 
commercial loans. 

Commercial real estate loans typically have 10-year maturities with up to 25-year amortization of principal and interest and 

loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a 
prepayment penalty during the period within 3 to 5 years of the date of the loan. 

Construction loans are comprised of loans on commercial, residential and income producing properties that generally have terms 
of 1 year, with options to extend for additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up period. We usually 
require 15% equity capital investment by the developer and loan to value ratios of not more than 75% of anticipated completion value. 

Miniperm loans finance the purchase and/or ownership of commercial properties, including owner-occupied and income 
producing properties. We also offer miniperm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans. Miniperm loans are generally 
made with an amortization schedule ranging from 20 to 25 years, with a lump sum balloon payment due in 3 to 5 years. 

Equity lines of credit are revolving lines of credit collateralized by junior deeds of trust on residential real properties. They 
generally bear a rate of interest that floats with our base rate or the prime rate, and have maturities of 10 years. From time to time, we 
purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial institutions. These loans are subject to the same underwriting criteria 
and approval process as loans made directly by us. 

Our real estate loans are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific commercial properties and equity 
lines of credit, and are subject to corporate or individual guarantees from financially capable parties, as available. The properties 
collateralizing real estate loans are principally located in our primary market areas of the California Central Valley and the Eastern 
Sierra.  Real estate loans typically bear an interest rate that floats with our base rate, prime rate or another established index. 

Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) interest rate increases, 

(iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan structure, and 
(v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of the real estate loan in our loan portfolio, 
the current difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would reduce our 
profits.  A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would 
expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of commercial real 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.  However, we strive to reduce the exposure to such risks and 
seek to continue to maintain high quality in our real estate loans by (a) reviewing each loan request and each loan renewal 
individually, (b) using a dual signature approval system for the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar amount, 
(c) adhering to written loan policies, including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio 
requirements, cash flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) performing secondary appraisals from time to time, (e) conducting 
external independent credit review, and (f) conducting environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan request on the 
basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the inherent risks.   We monitor and stress test our entire portfolio, 
evaluating debt coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios, on a quarterly basis.  We monitor trends and evaluate exposure derived from 
simulated stressed market conditions.  The portfolio is stratified by owner classification (either owner occupied or non-owner 
occupied), product type, geography and size. 

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate loan-to-value of the entire commercial real estate portfolio was 54.9%.  Historical data 
suggests that the Bank continues to maintain strong LTV, which may serve as a cushion against precipitous reductions in real estate 
values.  Non-owner occupied real estate comprises 50.3% of the Bank’s total commitments, as of December 31, 2008.  The loan-to-
value on the non-owner occupied segment was 51.4%, as of December 31, 2008.  The highest concentration by product type is office 
space, which comprised 16.7% of total loan commitments outstanding, as of December 31, 2008.  Our portfolio diversity in terms of 
both product types and geographic distribution, combined with strong debt coverage ratios, a low aggregate loan-to-value and a high 
percentage of owner-occupied properties, significantly mitigate the risks associated with excessive commercial real estate 
concentration. These elements contribute strength to our overall real estate portfolio despite the current weakness in the real estate 
market. 

         Commercial Business Lending.    We offer commercial loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations, with an 
emphasis on the real estate related industry. These commercial loans include business lines of credit and commercial term loans to 
finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or 
inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, our policies provide specific 
guidelines regarding required debt coverage and other important financial ratios. 

Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and are 

secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear 
an interest rate that floats with our base rate, the prime rate, LIBOR or another established index. 

Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, refinance short-term debts or to finance the 
purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset 
being acquired or other available assets and bear interest rates which either floats with the Bank’s base rate, prime rate, LIBOR or 
another established index or is fixed for the term of the loan. 

We also provide other banking services tailored to the small business market. We have focused recently on diversifying our loan 
portfolio, which has led to an increase in commercial real estate and commercial business loans to small and medium sized businesses. 

Our portfolio of commercial loans is also subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) interest 

rate increases; and (iii) the deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities. We attempt to reduce the exposure to 
such risks through (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, (b) requiring a dual signature approval system, (c) 
mandating strict adherence to written loan policies, and (d) performing external independent credit review. In addition, we monitor 
loans based on short-term asset values on a monthly or quarterly basis. In general, during the term of the relationship, we receive and 
review the financial statements of  our borrowing customers on an ongoing basis, and we promptly respond to any deterioration that 
we note. 

Small Business Administration Lending Services.    Small Business Administration, or SBA, lending, forms an important part of 

our business. Our SBA lending service places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our SBA market area includes the 
geographic areas encompassed by our full-service banking offices in the California Central Valley and in the Eastern Sierra. Our SBA 
Loan Department has attained “Preferred Lender” status, which permits us to approve SBA guaranteed loans directly. As an SBA 
Preferred Lender, we provide quicker and more efficient service to our clientele, enabling them to obtain SBA loans in order to 
acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses, and acquire locations in which to do business, without having to go through the 
time consuming SBA approval process. 

Although our participation in the SBA program is subject to the legislative power of Congress and the continued maintenance of 

our approved status by the SBA, we have no reason to believe that this program (and our participation therein) will not continue, 
particularly in view of the lengthy duration of the SBA program nationally. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Loans.    Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home improvement loans, home mortgage loans, 
revolving lines of credit and other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers. We provide consumer loan products in an 
effort to diversify our product line. 

Our consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including: 

• amount of credit offered to consumers in the market, 

• interest rate increases, and 

• consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts. 

We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all consumer loans by: 

• reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, 

• using a dual signature system of approval, 

• strictly adhering to written credit policies and, 

• performing external independent credit review. 

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds 

Our primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of 
funds, whereas deposit inflows and outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly by general interest 
rate levels, interest rates available on other investments, competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. 
Customer deposits also remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced by adverse market changes in the 
industry. We may resort to other borrowings, on an as needed basis, as follows: 

• on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and 

• on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity of repricing intervals of assets. 

We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits. These 
accounts include certificates of deposit, or “CDs”, regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking and negotiable order of 
withdrawal, or “NOW”, accounts, installment savings accounts, and individual retirement accounts, or “IRAs”. These accounts 
generally earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors and management’s desire to increase 
or decrease certain types or maturities of deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered deposits. The 
more significant deposit accounts offered by us are described below: 

Certificates of Deposit.    We offer several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years. The substantial majority of our 

CDs have a maturity of one to twelve months and typically pay simple interest credited monthly or at maturity. 

Regular Savings Accounts.    We offer savings accounts that allow for unlimited deposits and withdrawals, provided that 

depositors maintain a $100 minimum balance. Interest is compounded daily and credited quarterly. 

Money Market Account.    Money market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the balance maintained 

in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly. 

Checking and NOW Accounts.    Checking and NOW accounts are generally non-interest and interest bearing accounts, 

respectively, and may include service fees based on activity and balances. NOW accounts pay interest, but require a higher minimum 
balance to avoid service charges. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings.    To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we borrow 

funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. We regularly make use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances as 
part of our interest rate risk management, primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer term fixed rate loans held in 
the loan portfolio as part of our growth strategy. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a 
predetermined formula. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a restricted investment security that can only be sold to other Federal Home 
Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2008, we owned $3,803,700 in FHLB stock. 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are typically secured by our entire real estate loan portfolio, which includes 
residential and commercial loans.  At December 31, 2008, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately 
$107 million. 

Internet Banking 

Since August 1, 2001, we have offered Internet banking service, which allows our customers to access their deposit accounts 

through the Internet. Customers are able to obtain transaction history and account information, transfer funds between accounts and 
make on-line bill payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and delivery channels as the need arises 
and our resources permit. 

Other Services 

We also offer ATM machines located at branch offices, and customer access to an ATM network. 

Marketing 

Our business plan relies principally upon local advertising and promotional activity and upon personal contacts by our directors, 
officers and shareholders to attract business and to acquaint potential customers with our personalized services. We emphasize a high 
degree of personalized client service in order to be able to provide for each customer’s banking needs. Our marketing approach 
emphasizes the advantages of dealing with an independent, locally-managed and state chartered bank to meet the particular needs of 
consumers, professionals and business customers in the community. Our management continually evaluates all of our banking services 
with regard to their profitability and efforts and makes determinations based on these evaluations whether to continue or modify our 
business plan, where appropriate. 

We do not currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business which would require a material amount of capital 

investment on our part. 

Competition 

Regional Branch Competition.    We consider our primary service area to be composed of the counties of San Joaquin, 
Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties.  The banking business in California generally, and in our primary service area, 
specifically, is competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks 
which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas.  These include Wachovia, Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America and 
Bank of the West. We compete for deposits and loans principally with these banks, as well as with savings and loan associations, thrift 
and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, offerors of money market accounts and other lending 
institutions. 

Among the advantages certain of these institutions have over us are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and 
to allocate their investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand, their ability to offer certain services, such as international 
banking and trust services which are not offered directly by the Bank and, the ability by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to 
have substantially higher lending limits than we do.   In addition, as a result of increased consolidation and the passage of interstate 
banking legislation there is and will continue to be increased competition among banks, savings and loan associations and credit 
unions for the deposit and loan business of individuals and businesses. 

In addition to competing with savings institutions, commercial banks compete with other financial markets for funds.  For 
instance, yields on corporate and government debt securities and other commercial paper affect the ability of commercial banks to 
attract and hold deposits.  Commercial banks also compete for available funds with money market funds. 

As of June 30, 2008, our primary service areas contained one hundred seventy-five (175) banking offices, with approximately 

$10.5 billion in total deposits.  As of June 30, 2008, we had total deposits of approximately $358 million, which represented 
approximately 3.42% of the total deposits in the Bank’s primary service area.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will maintain 
its competitive position against current and potential competitors, especially those with greater resources than the Bank.  The deposits 
of the four (4) largest competing banks averaged approximately $112 million per office as of June 30, 2008. 

In order to compete with major financial institutions in our primary service areas, we use to the fullest extent the flexibility that 
our independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts 
by our officers, directors and employees.  In the event that there are customers whose needs exceed our lending limits, we may arrange 
8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions.  We also assist customers who require other services that we do 
not offer by obtaining such services from correspondent banks.  However, no assurance can be given that our continued efforts to 
compete with other financial institutions will be successful. 

Other Competitive Factors.    Large commercial bank competitors have, among other advantages, the ability to finance wide-
ranging and effective advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment resources to areas of highest yield and demand. Many of 
the major banks operating in our market area, such as Wells Fargo Bank and Bank of America, offer certain services that we do not 
offer directly (but some of which we offer through correspondent institutions). By virtue of their greater total capitalization, such 
banks also have substantially higher lending limits (restricted to a percentage of the bank’s total shareholders’ equity, depending upon 
the nature of the loan transaction) than we do. 

In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions, 

such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, 
increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual 
funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance 
software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are 
offered to customers. 

The more general competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation and competition. Strong competitors, other 

than financial institutions, have entered banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable customer segments. Many 
of these competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide customers increasing access to meaningful 
alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional 
pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues to remain competitive. 
Competition has also intensified due to the federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand 
geographically, and the California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, 
which has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial 
companies, is also expected to intensify competitive conditions. 

Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial services industry. Such innovations have, 

for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that were 
previously considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and 
channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, ATMs, self-service branches and/or in-store branches. 

Business Concentration.    No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets 

or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 83% of our loan portfolio held for investment at 
December 31, 2008 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, miniperm loans, real estate mortgage loans and 
commercial loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Central California, with 
the majority of our business concentrated in San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties.  Consequently, our results 
of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Central California economies and, in particular, the 
residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in Central California exposes us to 
greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and 
floods in this region. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2008, we had 123 employees (101 full-time employees and 22 part-time employees). None of our employees 
are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes its employee relations are 
satisfactory. 

Bank Holding Company Regulation 

Upon effectiveness of the bank holding company  reorganization on July 2, 2008, we became subject to regulation under the 
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”) which subjects Oak Valley Bancorp to Federal Reserve Board reporting 
and examination requirements.  Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a 
source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. 

The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations and, together with 

the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities. 

Government Policies, Legislation, and Regulatory Initiatives 

The banking and financial services business in which we engage is highly regulated. Such regulation is intended, among other 

things, to protect depositors insured by the FDIC and the entire banking system. The commercial banking business is also influenced 
by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System, also known as the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives 
9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting 
the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates 
applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of 
bank loans, investments and deposits and also affects interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. Indirectly such actions may 
also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary 
policies cannot be predicted. 

The laws, regulations and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state 
legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the 
cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other 
financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding 
companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank 
regulatory agencies and other professional agencies. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be 
predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings. 

As a California state-chartered bank whose accounts are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum of $250,000 (as approved on 
October 10, 2008 by the FDIC through the end of 2009), the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the 
California Department of Financial Institutions and the FDIC. In addition, although we are not a member of the Federal Reserve 
System, we are subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The regulations of these 
agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the filing of periodic reports, and activities relating to dividends, investments, 
loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, reserves against 
deposits, and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FDIC is generally intended to protect 
depositors and is not intended for the protection of our shareholders. 

The following discussion of statutes and regulations affecting banks is only a summary and does not purport to be complete. This 

discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. No assurance can be given that the referenced 
statutes or regulations will not change in the future. 

Capital Adequacy Requirements 

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that 

reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as 
assets and transactions which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and 
credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 
0% for assets with low credit risk, such as federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. The higher the 
category, the more risk a bank is subject to and thus the more capital that is required. 

The guidelines divide a bank’s capital into two tiers. Tier I includes common equity, retained earnings, certain non-cumulative 
perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Goodwill and other intangible assets 
(except for mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships, subject to certain limitations) are subtracted from Tier I 
capital. Tier II capital includes, among other items, cumulative perpetual and long-term, limited-life preferred stock, mandatory 
convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and the allowance for loan losses (subject to certain 
limitations). Certain items are required to be deducted from Tier II capital. Banks must maintain a total risk-based ratio of 8%, of 
which at least 4% must be Tier I capital. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, our Total Risk-Based Capital Ratios were 13.3% and 
11.1%, respectively, and our Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratios were 12.1% and 10.0%, respectively. 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount 

of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five 
categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of 
Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are 
required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant 
to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the 
volume and severity of problem loans. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, our Leverage Capital Ratios were 11.8% and 9.4%, 
respectively. 

Federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions 
whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected 
to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. 

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal law requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured financial 

institutions, including but not limited to those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The federal banking 
agencies have by regulation defined the following five capital categories: 

• “well capitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6%; and Leverage Ratio of 5%), 

• “adequately capitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 4%; and Leverage Ratio of 
4% or 3% if the institution receives the highest rating from its primary regulator), 

• “undercapitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 4%; or 
Leverage Ratio of less than 4% or 3% if the institution receives the highest rating from its primary regulator), 

• “significantly undercapitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 6%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 
3%; or Leverage Ratio less than 3%), and 

• “critically undercapitalized” (tangible equity to total assets less than 2%). 

A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the 

appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically 
undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment. 

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a 
bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions, if to do so 
would make the bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required 
to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if 
any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, 
forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and 
prohibitions on paying certain bonuses without FDIC approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized 
banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a 
conservator or receiver for an insured bank not later than 90 days after the bank becomes critically undercapitalized. 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by 

federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any 
condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance 
of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the 
issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-
affiliated” parties. 

Dividends 

The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to Oak Valley Bancorp is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial 
Code (the “Code”).  Prior to any distribution from the Bank to Oak Valley Bancorp, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with 
the provisions of the Code and to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DFI and the FDIC. In the 
event that the intended distribution from the Bank to Oak Valley Bancorp exceeds the restriction in the Code, advance approval from 
DFI is required. While advance approval may be required from the DFI for up to three years if we terminate our participation in the 
U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program, Management does not believe that these regulations will limit dividends from the Bank to 
meet the operating requirements of Bancorp for the foreseeable future. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 
of this report. 

As long as the U.S. Treasury holds an equity position in us, we are restricted from increasing our dividends per common share 

without prior approval from the U.S. Treasury until December 5, 2011. We are also precluded from paying any dividends on common 
shares if we are in arrears on payment of dividends on preferred shares which are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 5%. 

Safety and Soundness Standards 

Federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository 

institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and 
documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies 
in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute 
enforcement proceedings, if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted. 

Premiums for Deposit Insurance 

 Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law which is currently $250,000 per depositor. On 

October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the Temporary Transaction Account Guarantee Program to strengthen confidence in the 
banking system. The new rule also allows, at the participating FDIC-insured institutions’ option, full deposit insurance coverage for 
non-interest bearing transaction accounts regardless of the dollar amount until December 31, 2009.  We have elected to participate in 
the program by paying a 10 basis point surcharge on the non-interest bearing transaction accounts over $250,000.  In addition, the 
FDIC has finalized a new premium rate structure and has imposed a uniform increase in minimum assessment from five cents to 
twelve cents annually for every $100 of domestic deposits on institutions that are assigned to the lowest risk category for the first 
calendar quarter of 2009.  Effective April 1, 2009, assessment rates will be adjusted to differentiate for risk. Banks in the best risk 
category will pay a base rate from twelve to sixteen cents per $100 of deposits. Further, on February 27, 2009, the FDIC announced 
the imposition of a 20-basis-point emergency special assessment on all insured depository institutions on June 30, 2009 (will be 
collected on September 30, 2009). The rule also gives the FDIC the ability to impose future emergency special assessments of up to 10 
basis points if necessary. 

Community Reinvestment Act 

We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving the Community Reinvestment Act, or “CRA”. The 
CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of local 
communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires that a record be kept of whether a 
financial institution meets its community credit needs, which record will be taken into account when evaluating applications for, 
among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a 
bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators now utilize a performance-based evaluation system which bases CRA 
ratings on the bank’s actual lending service and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution conducts 
needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its 
assessment of CRA performance, the FDIC assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial 
noncompliance.” We were last examined for CRA compliance in August 15, 2005 and received a satisfactory CRA Assessment 
Rating. 

Anti-Money Laundering Regulations 

A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 require banks to prevent, detect, and 

report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and 
terrorism. Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 
Terrorism Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account 
relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, 
foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities.  We have extensive controls to comply with these requirements. 

Privacy and Data Security 

The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”) of 1999 imposed requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer 
privacy.  The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has 
been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure.  Financial institutions are further required to disclose 
their privacy policies to consumers annually.  The GLBA also directs federal regulators, including the FDIC, to prescribe standards for 
the security of consumer information.  We are subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in the event of a 
security breach.  We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt out” of having non-public customer 
information disclosed to third parties.  We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and 
security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal.  Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves 
sensitive customer information that may be misused. 

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations 

Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations. Examination 
and enforcement has become intense, and banks have been advised to monitor compliance carefully with various consumer protection 
laws and their implementing regulations. For example, the federal Interagency Task Force on Fair Lending issued a policy statement 
on discrimination in home mortgage lending describing three methods that federal agencies will use to prove discrimination: overt 
evidence of discrimination, evidence of disparate treatment, and evidence of disparate impact. In addition to CRA and fair lending 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requirements, we are subject to numerous other federal consumer protection statutes and regulations. Due to heightened regulatory 
concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, we may incur additional compliance costs or 
be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities we serve. 

Interstate Banking and Branching The Riegle-Neal 

The Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, or “Interstate Banking Act,” regulates the interstate activities of 

banks and bank holding companies and establishes a framework for nationwide interstate banking and branching. Since June 1, 1997, 
a bank in one state has generally been permitted to merge with a bank in another state without the need for explicit state law 
authorization. However, states were given the ability to prohibit interstate mergers of banks in their own state by “opting-out” 
(enacting state legislation prohibiting such mergers) prior to June 1, 1997. 

Since 1995, adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies have been permitted to acquire banks located in any 
state, subject to two exceptions: first, any state may still prohibit bank holding companies from acquiring a bank which is less than 
five years old; and second, no interstate acquisition can be consummated by a bank holding company if the acquirer would control 
more than 10% of the deposits held by insured depository institutions nationwide or 30% or more of the deposits held by insured 
depository institutions in any state in which the target bank has branches. 

A bank may establish and operate de novo branches in any state in which the bank does not maintain a branch, if that state has 

enacted legislation to expressly permit all out-of-state banks to establish branches in that state. 

In 1995, California enacted legislation to implement important provisions of the Interstate Banking Act and to repeal California’s 

previous interstate banking laws, which were largely preempted by the Interstate Banking Act. 

The changes effected by the Interstate Banking Act and California laws have increased competition in our market by permitting 

out-of-state financial institutions to enter our market areas directly or indirectly. We believe that the Interstate Banking Act has 
contributed to the accelerated consolidation of the banking industry. Although many large out-of-state banks have already entered the 
California market as a result of this legislation, it is not possible to predict the precise impact of this legislation on us and the 
competitive environment in which we operate. 

USA Patriot Act of 2001 

On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001, or “Patriot Act”. The Patriot Act was enacted in 

response to the terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001, and is intended to 
strengthen U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence community’s ability to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of 
fronts. The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions is significant and wide ranging. The Act contains sweeping anti-
money laundering and financial transparency laws and requires various regulations, including: 

• due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or 
correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons, 

• standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, 

• rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that 
may be involved in terrorism or money laundering, 

• reports by non-financial trades and business filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for 
transactions exceeding $10,000, and 

• filing of suspicious activities reports if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. 

Currently we are unable to quantify the impact the Patriot Act has had or may in the future have on our financial condition or 

results of operations. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”. The Sarbanes-

Oxley Act addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance matters relating to the operations of public companies. During 
2003, the Commission issued a number of regulations under the directive of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act significantly increasing public 
company governance-related obligations and filing requirements, including: 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• the establishment of an independent public oversight of public company accounting firms by a board that will set auditing, 
quality and ethical standards for and have investigative and disciplinary powers over such accounting firms, 

• the enhanced regulation of the independence, responsibilities and conduct of accounting firms which provide auditing services 
to public companies, 

• the increase of penalties for fraud related crimes, 

• the enhanced disclosure, certification, and monitoring of financial statements, internal financial controls and the audit process, 
and 

• the enhanced and accelerated reporting of corporate disclosures and internal governance. 

Furthermore, in November 2003, in response to the directives of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Nasdaq adopted substantially expanded 

corporate governance criteria for the issuers of securities quoted on the Nasdaq markets. The new Nasdaq rules govern, among other 
things, the enhancement and regulation of corporate disclosure and internal governance of listed companies and of the authority, role 
and responsibilities of their boards of directors and, in particular, of “independent” members of such boards of directors, in the areas 
of nominations, corporate governance, compensation and the monitoring of the audit and internal financial control processes. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Commission rules promulgated thereunder, and the new Nasdaq governance requirements have 
required the Bank to review its current procedures and policies to determine whether they comply with the new legislation and its 
implementing regulations. Oak Valley Bancorp will be primarily responsible for ensuring compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and the 
Nasdaq governance rules, as applicable. Although the impact these new requirements will have upon the Oak Valley Bancorp’s and 
the Bank’s operations is not entirely clear, the Bank has already experienced an increase in expenditures associated with certain 
outside professional costs necessary for compliance. 

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and its Related Government Policies, Legislations, and Regulations 

Dramatic negative developments in the latter half of 2007 in the subprime mortgage market and the securitization markets for 
such loans, together with volatility in oil prices and other factors, have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general and a 
related economic downturn, which continued through 2008 and is anticipated to continue through 2009. Dramatic declines in the 
housing market, with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, have negatively impacted the credit 
performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. In 
addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial and residential loans have declined and may continue to 
decline. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively 
impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns over the stability 
of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by many financial institutions to their customers and to 
each other. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of 
customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Competition among 
depository institutions for deposits has increased significantly. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively 
affected as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent 
years. Bank regulators have been very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, and this has 
resulted in the increased issuance of formal and informal enforcement orders and other supervisory actions requiring action to address 
credit quality, liquidity and risk management and capital adequacy, as well as other safety and soundness concerns. 

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was enacted to restore confidence and 

stabilize the volatility in the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to 
each other. Initially introduced as the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), the EESA authorized the United States Department 
of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage 
loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial 
institutions and their holding companies. Initially, $350 billion was made immediately available to the U.S. Treasury. On January 15, 
2009, the remaining $350 billion was released to the U.S. Treasury. 

On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced its intention to inject capital into nine large U.S. financial institutions 
under the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “TARP CPP”), and since has injected capital into many other financial institutions, 
including the Company. The U.S. Treasury initially allocated $250 billion towards the TARP CPP 

In order to participate in the TARP CPP, financial institutions were required to adopt certain standards for executive 
compensation and corporate governance. These standards generally apply to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for 
named senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) 
required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other 
criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; 
and (4) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive. The 
Company has complied with these requirements and will continue to comply. 

The bank regulatory agencies, U.S. Treasury and the Office of Special Inspector General, also created by the EESA, have 

issued guidance and requests to the financial institutions that participated in the TARP CPP to document their plans and use of TARP 
CPP funds and their plans for addressing the executive compensation requirements associated with the TARP CPP. The Company has 
received and responded to that request. 

On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law by President 
Obama. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, 
energy, health, and education needs. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure 
limits on all current and future TARP recipients, including the Company, until the institution has repaid the U.S. Treasury, which is 
now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the U.S. Treasury’s consultation 
with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency. 

The ARRA executive compensation standards are more stringent than those currently in effect under the TARP CPP or those 

previously proposed by the U.S. Treasury. The new standards include (but are not limited to); (i) prohibitions on bonuses, retention 
awards and other incentive compensation, other than restricted stock grants which do not fully vest during the TARP CPP period up to 
one-third of an employee’s total annual compensation, (ii) prohibitions on golden parachute payments for departures, (iii) an expanded 
clawback of bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation if payment is based on materially inaccurate statements of 
earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria, (iv) prohibitions on compensation plans that encourage manipulation of reported earnings, 
(v) retroactive review of bonuses, retention awards and other compensation previously provided by TARP CPP recipients if found by 
the U.S. Treasury to be inconsistent with the purposes of TARP CPP or otherwise contrary to public interest, (vi) required 
establishment of a company-wide policy regarding “excessive or luxury expenditures,” and (vii) inclusion in a participant’s proxy 
statements for annual shareholder meetings of a nonbinding “Say on Pay” shareholder vote on the compensation of executives. 

On February 23, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the Federal bank regulatory agencies issued a Joint Statement providing further 

guidance with respect to the Capital Assistance Program announced February 10, 2009, including: (i) that should the “stress test” 
assessments of the major banks initiated February 25, 2009 indicate that an additional capital buffer is warranted, institutions will have 
an opportunity to turn first to private sources of capital otherwise; the temporary capital buffer will be made available from the 
government; (ii) such additional government capital will be in the form of mandatory convertible preferred shares, which would be 
converted into common equity shares only as needed over time to keep banks in a well-capitalized position and can be retired under 
improved financial conditions before the conversion becomes mandatory; and (iii) previous capital injections under the TARP CPP 
will also be eligible to be exchanged for the mandatory convertible preferred shares. The conversion of preferred shares to common 
equity shares would enable institutions to maintain or enhance the quality of their capital by increasing their tangible common equity 
capital ratios; however, such conversions would necessarily dilute the interests of existing shareholders. 

On February 25, 2009, the first day the Capital Assistance Program was initiated, the U.S. Treasury released the actual terms 
of the program, stating that the purpose of the Capital Assistance Program is to restore confidence throughout the financial system that 
the nation’s largest banking institutions have a sufficient capital cushion against larger than expected future losses, should they occur 
due to a more severe economic environment, and to support lending to creditworthy borrowers. Under the terms of the Capital 
Assistance Program, eligible U.S. banking institutions with assets in excess of $100 billion on a consolidated basis are required to 
participate in coordinated supervisory assessments, which are forward-looking “stress test” assessments to evaluate the capital needs 
of the institution under a more challenging economic environment. Should this assessment indicate the need for the bank to establish 
an additional capital buffer to withstand more stressful conditions, these institutions may access the Capital Assistance Program 
immediately as a means to establish any necessary additional buffer or they may delay the Capital Assistance Program funding for six 
months to raise the capital privately. Eligible U.S. banking institutions with assets below $100 billion may also obtain capital from the 
Capital Assistance Program. The Capital Assistance Program is an additional program from the TARP CPP and is open to eligible 
institutions regardless of whether they participated in the TARP CPP.  The deadline to apply to participate in the Capital Assistance 
Program is May 25, 2009. Recipients of capital under the Capital Assistance Program will be subject to the same executive 
compensation requirements as if they had received TARP CPP. 

Environmental Regulations 

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with 

respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to 
investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or 
remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to 
common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the 
property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of 
operations could be materially and adversely affected. 

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation 

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us and the banking industry, in general, are pending and additional 
initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies 
in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial 
institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking 
regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. We cannot predict whether, 
or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which our business would be affected thereby. 

Available Information 

The Company maintains an Internet website at http://www.ovcb.com.  The Company makes available its annual reports on 
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other information related to the Company free of 
charge, through this site as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes 
them to, the SEC. The Company’s internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be 
incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our main office is located in a complex at 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361, in downtown Oakdale.  The building 

has an automated teller machine and onsite parking.  The Bank’s complex occupies approximately 20,000 square feet of space. 

Property Location and 
Address 

Square 
Footage 

  Monthly Rent 

Lease 
Expiration Date 

Lease 
Extension Options   

Oakdale, 125 N. 3rd Ave....... 
Oakdale, 338 F Street........... 

Sonora .................................. 
Modesto, 12th & I Street....... 

Bridgeport ............................ 
Mammoth Lakes .................. 
Bishop .................................. 

Modesto Dale....................... 

Turlock................................. 

Patterson .............................. 
Escalon................................. 

Ripon.................................... 

Stockton ............................... 

* The Bank owns this property. 

9,600  

n/a* 

n/a* 
n/a* 

n/a* 

9,860  
2,500  

4,500  
2,875  
1,856  

3,680  

4,500  

2,400  
2,100  

3,500  

1,800  

8,000  

n/a* 

3/2017 
4/2010 

3/2016 
n/a* 
n/a* 

8/2014 

3/2015 

1/2015 
n/a* 

4/2021 

1/2011 

12/2022 

n/a 
three, 5-year 
term extensions   
n/a 
two, 5-year 
term extensions   
n/a 
n/a 
two, 5-year 
term extensions   
two, 5-year 
term extensions   
two, 5-year 
term extensions   
n/a* 
two, 5-year 
term extensions   
two, 5-year 
term extensions   
two, 5-year 
term extensions   

Management has determined that all of its premises are adequate for its present and anticipated level of business. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Our 
management evaluates its exposure to these claims and proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses 
on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimable and the loss is probable. 

We believe that there are no material litigation matters at the current time. Although the results of such litigation matters and 

claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of any such claims and proceedings will not have a 
material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted to our shareholders during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2008 covered by this 

report. 

PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

The common stock of the Bank was traded on The NASDAQ OTCBB under the symbol “OVYB” until January 14, 2009.  On 

January 15, 2009 our common stock began trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “OVLY.”  The following table 
sets forth the high and low closing bid prices (which reflect prices between dealers and do not include retail markup, markdown or 
commission and may not represent actual transactions) for the current year and the three calendar years ended December 31, 2008, 
2007 and 2006, respectively.  From time to time, during the periods indicated, trading activity in our common stock was infrequent.  
The source of the quotes is The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Calendar Quarter Ended 

June 30, 2006 ............................................. 
September 30, 2006 ................................... 
December 31, 2006 .................................... 
March 31, 2007 .......................................... 
June 30, 2007 ............................................. 
September 30, 2007 ................................... 
December 31, 2007 .................................... 
March 31, 2008 .......................................... 
June 30, 2008 ............................................. 
September 30, 2008 ................................... 
December 31, 2008 .................................... 

Closing Sale Price(1)(2) 

High 

Low 

16.75  
16.00  
14.75  
13.03  
11.35  
11.00  
10.05  
8.49  
8.00  
7.50  
7.00  

13.35 
12.75 
12.55 
10.80 
10.90 
9.17 
7.52 
8.49 
6.50 
6.30 
3.55 

On March 27, 2009 the closing price of our common stock was $4.25 per share; and there were approximately 545 shareholders 

of record of the common stock and 7,661,627 outstanding shares of common stock. 

(1) Figures in the table have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a three-for-two stock split in January 2005 and a three-for-two stock 
split in January 2006. 

(2) Figure through June 30, 2008 refer to Bank common stock prices. 

Dividends 

Our ability to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a specified period, but also on our meeting 

certain capital requirements. 

Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if dividends are declared by our Board of Directors. Although we 

have paid dividends in the past, it is no guarantee that we will continue paying cash dividends in the future. 

Prior to the bank holding company reorganization in 2008, the Bank has historically declared and paid a dividend on its common 

stock every year since 1996.  Dividends for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $0.075, $0.19 and $0.19 per 
share of common stock, respectively. 

The following table shows stock splits declared for the four years ended December 31, 2008: 

Declaration Date 

Payable Date 

Record Date 

Type 

November 17, 2004...........  
November 16, 2005...........  

  January 14, 2005 
  January 17, 2006 

   January 3, 2005 
  January 3, 2006 

   Three-for-two stock split    
   Three-for-two stock split    

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to shares of our common stock that are  issued 

and currently outstanding under the Bank’s 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Restated Stock Option Plan”), and the 
number of shares that are authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2008 Stock Option Plan (the “2008 Equity Plan”) Figures in 
the table have been retroactively adjusted to reflect three-for-two stock splits in August 2005 and 2006. 

Plan Category 
Equity Compensation Plans 

Approved by Shareholders..........  

Equity Compensation Plans Not 

Approved by Shareholders..........  
Total..................................................  

A 

B 

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding Options 

Weighted Average Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options 

C 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under 2008 Equity Plan 
(Excluding Securities Reflected in 
Column A) 

420,455  

$ 

420,455  

$ 

6.97  

Not applicable  
6.97  

1,500,000  

0  
1,500,000  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

On December 5, 2008, the Company completed the sale to the U.S. Treasury of $13.5 million of preferred stock and warrants as 
part of the TARP CPP pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  Pursuant to the terms 
18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  such offering, the Company issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 13,500 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 350,346 
shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value. Under the terms of the TARP CPP, the Company is prohibited from increasing 
dividends on its common stock, and from making certain repurchases of equity securities, including its common stock, without the 
U.S. Treasury’s consent.  Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, dividend payments 
and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities, including the Company’s common stock, are prohibited until all 
accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on such preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions. Restrictions related to the 
payment of dividends on common stock are disclosed under “Dividends” of the section above of this Form 10-K. 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATION 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This discussion of financial results includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the 

Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the 
“1934 Act”). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act provide a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements to encourage 
companies to provide prospective information about their financial performance so long as they provide meaningful, cautionary 
statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from projected results. 

Our forward-looking statements include descriptions of plans or objectives of Management for future operations, products 
or services, and forecasts of our revenues, earnings or other measures of economic performance. Forward-looking statements can be 
identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include the words “believe,” “expect,” 
“intend,” “estimate” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.” 

Forward-looking statements are based on Management’s current expectations regarding economic, legislative, and 

regulatory issues that may impact our earnings in future periods. A number of factors - many of which are beyond Management’s 
control - could cause future results to vary materially from current Management’s expectations. Such factors include, but are not 
limited to, general economic conditions, the current financial turmoil in the United States and abroad, changes in interest rates, deposit 
flows, real estate values and competition; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; changes in legislation or regulation; 
and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and 
services. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking 
statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made or to reflect the 
occurrence of unanticipated events. 

The following discussion explains the significant factors affecting our operations and financial position for the periods 

presented, and includes the statistical disclosures required by Securities and Exchange Commission Guide 3 (“Statistical Disclosure by 
Bank Holding Companies”).  The discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes related thereto 
which appear elsewhere in this registration statement. 

Introduction 

Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Community Bank became a subsidiary of Oak Valley Bancorp, a newly established 

bank holding company. Oak Valley Bancorp operates Oak Valley Community Bank as a community bank in the general commercial 
banking business, with our primary market encompassing the California Central Valley around Oakdale and Modesto, and the Eastern 
Sierras.  As such, unless otherwise noted, all references are about Oak Valley Community Bank. 

In the bank holding company reorganization, each outstanding shares of common stock of the bank was exchange for an 

equal number of shares of common stock of Oak Valley Bancorp, which now owns the Bank as its wholly-owned subsidiary. 
Management believes that operating the Bank within a holding company structure will, among other things: 

• provide greater operating flexibility than is currently enjoyed by us. 

• facilitate the acquisition of related businesses as opportunities arise. 

• improve our ability to diversify. 

• enhance our ability to remain competitive in the future with other companies in the financial services industry that are 
organized in a holding company structure. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• enhance our ability to raise capital to support growth. 

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $508 million in total assets, $422 million in total loans, and $378 million in 

total deposits. 

Over the past few years, our network of branches and loan production offices have been expanded geographically. We currently 

maintain twelve full-service offices.  We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional 
branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit. 

2008 Key Performance Indicators 

We believe the following were key indicators of our performance for operations during 2008: 

• our total assets increased to $508 million at the end of 2008, or an increase of 11.9%, from $454 million at the end of 
2007. 

• our total deposits increased slightly to $378 million at the end of 2008, or an increase of 0.2%, from $377 million at the 
end of 2007. 

• our total net loans grew to $422 million at the end of 2008, or an increase of 10.3%, from $382 million at the end of 2007. 

• our ratio of total non-performing loans to total loans decreased to 1.1% at December 31, 2008 from 2.4% at December 31, 
2007.  Management deems that the size of the ratio of non-performing assets to total loans is moderate and manageable, and 
reserves have been taken appropriately. 

• net interest income increased $1.7 million or 8.9% in 2008 compared to 2007, mainly as a result of an increase in the net 
interest margin from 4.53% to 4.72% and an increase in average earning assets of $16.5 million. 

• provision for loan losses increased $1.6 million or 294% to $2.2 million in 2008 compared to $555,000 in 2007. 

• total noninterest income increased to $2.52 million in 2008, or an increase of 14.8%, from $2.20 million in 2007. We 
primarily attribute this increase to our efforts to expand our deposit account base and diversify our non-interest revenue 
sources. 

• total noninterest expense increased from $14.2 million in 2007 to $17.9 million in 2008, reflecting the expanded 
personnel and premises associated with our business growth, including the recent opening of new branch offices.  Another 
primary component of the increase was market value write downs on other real estate owned of $1.6 million. 

These items, as well as other factors, contributed to the decrease in net income available to common shareholders for 2008 

to $2.10 million from $3.93 million in 2007, which translates into $0.27 per diluted common share in 2008 and $0.52 per diluted 
common share in 2007. 

2009 Outlook 

As we begin our strategic business plan for 2009, we are continuing to pursue opportunities for growth in our existing 

markets, as well as opportunities to expand into new markets through   de novo   branching. Further, we expect that our portfolio of 
unsecured business loans and consumer loans will overall experience additional growth in 2009 as a result of target marketing efforts 
in these areas. 

In 2009, we are continuing to focus on loan and account growth and managing our net interest margin, while attempting to 
control expenses and credit losses and manage our business to achieve our net income and other objectives. We are also continuing to 
utilize strategies to control other operating expenses. These efforts are important for us to continue to attract new accounts and grow 
loans. However, we will continue to strive to be more efficient and focus on controlling the growth of these expenses so that they 
grow more slowly than the growth in loans. 

Although interest rates decreased in 2008, we have maintained a stable net interest margin with continued growth in net 

interest income, which we expect to continue in 2009. In light of current difficult economic conditions, protracted low interest rates or 
a further decrease in interest rates will likely pressure our net interest margin downwards. This will in turn decrease the growth rate 
and net interest income. Should interest rates increase later in 2009, our yield on earnings assets is likely to increase and we could then 
determine to increase the interest rates we pay on our deposit accounts or change our promotional or other interest rates on new 
deposits in marketing activation programs to attempt to achieve a certain net interest margin. Any increases in the rates we charge on 
accounts could have an effect on our efforts to attract new customers and grow loans, particularly with the continuing competition in 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the commercial and consumer lending industry. The economies and real estate markets in our primary market areas will continue to be 
significant determinants of the quality of our assets in future periods and, thus, our results of operations, liquidity and financial 
condition. Current economic indicators suggest that the national economy and the economies in our primary market areas are facing a 
downturn but the length and severity of it are difficult to predict. 

For 2009, management remains focused on the above challenges and opportunities and other factors affecting the business 

similar to the factors driving 2008 results as discussed in this section. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, 

which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The 
preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that effect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial 
statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

Asset Impairment Judgments 

Certain of our assets are carried in our statements of financial condition at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. 

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test 
for impairment of various assets. In addition to our impairment analyses related to loans, another significant impairment analysis 
relates to other than temporary declines in the value of our securities. 

Our available for sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported 

as accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders” equity. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities 
portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other than 
temporary. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, we would adjust the carrying amount of the security by writing down the 
security to fair market value through a charge to current period income. The market values of our securities are significantly affected 
by changes in interest rates. 

In general, as interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the market value of fixed-
rate securities will increase. With significant changes in interest rates, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security for a 
sufficient time to recover the recorded principal balance. Estimated fair values for securities are based on published or securities 
dealers” market values. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

Accounting for allowance for loan losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on 
historical data and management’s view of the current economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews 
the methodology and adequacy of allowance for loan losses and reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and 
approval. 

We base our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Our methodology 
for assessing loan loss allowances are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses and involves a detailed 
analysis of our loan portfolio, in three phases: 

• the specific review of individual loans, 

• the segmenting and review of loan pools with similar characteristics in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for 
Contingencies,” and 

• our judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors: 

The first phase of our methodology involves the specific review of individual loans to identify and measure impairment. 

We evaluate each loan by use of a risk rating system, except for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. 
Specific risk rated loans are deemed impaired if all amounts, including principal and interest, will likely not be collected in accordance 
with the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial and real estate loans is measured either based on 
the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value 
of the collateral, less selling and holding costs. 

The second phase involves the segmenting of the remainder of the risk rated loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans, 

together with loans with similar characteristics, for evaluation in accordance with SFAS No. 5. We determine the calculated loss ratio 
to each loan pool based on its historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer banks. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collectability of loan portfolio and 

each group of loan pool. The factors considered are, but are not limited to: 

• concentration of credits, 

• nature and volume of the loan portfolio, 

• delinquency trends, 

• non-accrual loan trend, 

• problem loan trend, 

• loss and recovery trend, 

• quality of loan review, 

• lending and management staff, 

• lending policies and procedures, 

• economic and business conditions, and 

• other external factors. 

Our management estimates the probable effect of such conditions based on our judgment, experience and known or 

anticipated trends. Such estimation may be reflected as an additional allowance to each group of loans, if necessary. Management 
reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically 
identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, managements’ estimate of the effect of such condition may 
be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a 
specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the inherent loss 
related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance 

Central to our credit risk management and our assessment of appropriate loss allowance is our loan risk rating system. 

Under this system, the originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating based on a thorough analysis of each 
borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of 
inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit administration personnel. 
Credits are monitored by line and credit administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition which may 
impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to 
specific loans, specific loan pools, and off-balance sheet credit exposures (which are reported separately as part of other liabilities), the 
adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 

Non-Accrual Loan Policy 

Interest on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed collectible. Accrual of interest is 

discontinued when a loan is over 90 days delinquent or if management believes that collection is highly uncertain. Generally, 
payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all principal has been 
repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Bank adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 
No. 123R,   Share Based Payments.  SFAS No. 123R requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair 
value of stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees” requisite service period 
(generally the vesting period).  The Bank  uses straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting.  The Bank utilizes 
a binomial pricing model for all grants. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Bank’s stock. The 
Bank uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected term of 
options granted for the binomial model is derived from applying a historical suboptimal exercise factor to the contractual term of the 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free rate for periods is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant and commensurate 
with the contractual term of the grant. 

Other Real Estate Owned 

Other real estate owned, which represents real estate acquired through foreclosure, or deed in lieu of foreclosure in 
satisfaction of commercial and real estate loans, is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated selling costs of 
the real estate. The fair value of the property is based upon a current appraisal. The difference between the fair value of the real estate 
collateral and the loan balance at the time of transfer is recorded as a loan charge off if fair value is lower. Subsequent to foreclosure, 
management periodically performs valuations and the OREO property is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less costs 
to sell. The  determination of a property’s estimated fair value incorporates (1) revenues projected to be realized from disposal of the 
property, (2) construction and renovation costs, (3) marketing and transaction costs, and (4) holding costs (e.g., property taxes, 
insurance and homeowners” association dues). Any subsequent declines in the fair value of the OREO property after the date of 
transfer are recorded through a write-down of the asset. Any subsequent operating expenses or income, reduction in estimated fair 
values, and gains or losses on disposition of such properties are charged or credited to current operations. 

Impact of SAB No. 108 

In September 2006, the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant and Divisions of Corporation Finance and Investment 
Management released SAB No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in 
Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”), that provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal 
of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. The SEC staff believes that registrants 
should quantify errors using both a balance sheet and an income statement approach and evaluate whether either approach results in 
quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. This pronouncement 
was effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The Company initially adopted SAB 108 in conjunction with the filing 
of this Form 10. This change in accounting policy was retrospectively applied in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.  The adoption of SAB 108 had no material impact on the Company’s 
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, although we made certain adjustments that resulted in a decrease of net income 
of $43,227 for the year ended December 31, 2007 (a decrease of $0.01 in basic and diluted earnings per share), and $105,102 for the 
year ended December 31, 2006 (a decrease of $0.01 in basic and diluted earnings per share), respectively.   See note 1 to the 
December 31, 2008 financial statements for further discussion. 

Overview 

We recorded net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $2,098,010 or $0.27 

per diluted common share compared to $3,925,121 or $0.52 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 
decrease in net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily due to an increase of 
$3,652,424 in non-interest expense, which included a market value write down on other real estate owned of $1,553,881, and an 
increase in the provision for loan loss of $1,633,139.  Partially offsetting these factors was an increase in net interest income of 
$1,684,248, an increase in non-interest income of $324,798 and a decrease in income tax provision of $1,513,225. 

Results of Operation 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees derived from earning 
assets and interest paid on liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected by changes in the level and mix 
of interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also affected by 
changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans are 
affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and competitive factors. Those 
factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, such as federal economic policies, 
the general supply of money in the economy, legislative tax policies, the governmental budgetary matters, and the actions of the 
Federal Reserve Board. 

Net interest income increased $1.7 million or 8.9% to $20.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $18.8 
million in 2007.  Net interest spread and net interest margin were 4.33% and 4.72%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 
2008, compared to 3.87% and 4.53%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the net interest margin in 
2008 was principally attributable to the change in the deposit mix from high cost certificates of deposit to lower cost core deposit 
accounts which caused the rate on interest-bearing liabilities to decrease faster than the rate on earning assets.  Changes in volume 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
resulted in an increase in net interest income of $830,000 for the year of 2008 compared to the year 2007, and changes in interest rates 
and the mix resulted in an increase in net interest income of $938,000 for the year 2008 versus the year 2007. 

For a detailed analysis of interest income and interest expense, see the “Average Balance Sheets” and the “Rate/Volume 

Analysis” below. 

Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income 
For the Years Ended December 31, 

Average
Balance 

2008 
Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Avg 
Rate/ 
Yield 

Average 
Balance 

2007 
Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Avg Rate/
Yield 

Assets: 
Earning assets: 

Gross loans (1) (2) ...................................   $  400,821   $
Securities of U.S. government agencies...  
Other investment securities (2) ................  
Federal funds sold ....................................  
Interest-earning deposits ..........................  
Total interest-earning assets.........................  
Total noninterest earning assets ...................  

2,450  
31,489  
1,227  
37  
436,024  
16,256  
Total Assets..........................................   $  452,280  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Money market deposits ............................  
NOW deposits..........................................  
Savings deposits.......................................  
Time certificates of $100,000 or more.....  
Other time deposits ..................................  
Other borrowings .....................................  
Total interest-bearing liabilities ...................  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

Noninterest-bearing deposits....................  
Other liabilities ........................................  
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities .............  
Shareholders’ equity ....................................  

Total liabilities and 

149,202  
54,160  
15,563  
40,172  
44,846  
59,666  
363,609  

61,554  
3,131  
64,685  
23,986  

27,638  
73  
1,600  
18  
2  
29,331  

3,578  
386  
259  
1,576  
1,441  
1,492  
8,732  

30,175  
405  
1,278  
159  
4  
32,021  

4,539  
565  
558  
3,432  
2,133  
1,779  
13,006  

6.90%  $
2.98% 
5.08% 
1.47% 
4.36% 
6.73% 

   $

381,316    $ 
8,322  
26,687  
3,122  
76  
419,523  
26,771  
446,294   

2.40% 
0.71% 
1.66% 
3.92% 
3.21% 
2.50% 
2.40% 

125,574  
53,634  
16,745  
66,006  
49,118  
34,384  
345,461  

58,468  
3,543  
62,011  
38,822  

shareholders’ equity .........................   $  452,280  

   $

446,294   

Net interest income ......................................  
Net interest spread (3)..................................  
Net interest margin (4) .................................  

   $

20,599  

   $ 

19,015  

4.33% 
4.72% 

7.91%
4.86%
4.79%
5.10%
5.56%
7.63%

3.62%
1.05%
3.33%
5.20%
4.34%
5.17%
3.76%

3.87%
4.53%

(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Loan fees were approximately $1,024,000 and $1,331,000 for 

the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. 

(2)  Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents, based on a federal marginal tax rate 

of 34.0%. 

(3) Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. 
(4) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

Rate/Volume Analysis 

The following table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of Oak Valley 

Community Bank  for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, information is 
provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates 
(change in rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have 
been allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the changes due to volume and rate prior to 
the allocation. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2008 vs. 2007 
Increases (Decreases) 
Due to Change In 
Rate 

Volume 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2007 vs. 2006 
Increases (Decreases) 
Due to Change In 
Rate 

Total 

Total 

Volume 

Interest income: 
Net loans (1)........................................ 
Securities of U.S. government 

agencies........................................... 
Other Investment securities................. 
Federal funds sold............................... 
Interest-earning deposits ..................... 
Total interest income................... 

Interest expense: 
Money market deposits ....................... 
Super NOW deposits........................... 
Savings deposits.................................. 
Time certificates of $100,000 or 

more ................................................ 
Other time deposits ............................. 
Other borrowings ................................ 
Total interest expense ................. 
Change in net interest income............. 

$ 

1,543   $

(4,078)  $

(2,535)  $

2,831   $ 

356   $

3,187 

(286) 
230  
(97) 
(2) 
1,388  

(46) 
91  
(45) 
0  
(4,078) 

$ 

$ 

854   $
6  
(39) 

(1,816)  $
(184) 
(260) 

(1,343) 
(185) 
1,308  
601  
787   $

(512) 
(506) 
(1,597) 
(4,875) 

797   $

(332) 
321  
(142) 
(2) 
(2,690) 

(962)  $
(178) 
(299) 

(1,855) 
(691) 
(289) 
(4,274) 
1,584   $

(77) 
(48) 
36  
(1) 
2,741  

272   $ 

51  
(147) 

(222) 
(128) 
818  
644  
2,097   $ 

(38) 
81  
(1) 
3  
401  

232   $
(29) 
54  

467  
42  
234  
1,000  
(599)  $

(115)
33 
35 
2 
3,142 

504 
22 
(93)

245 
(86)
1,052 
1,644 
1,498 

(1)  Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Loan fees were approximately $1,024,000 and $1,331,000 for 

the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Provision for Loan Losses 

The provision for loan losses was $2,188,139 for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $555,000 for the year 2007.  

Nonperforming loans were $4.72 million at December 31, 2008 and $9.81 million at December 31, 2007, or 1.10% and 2.54%, 
respectively, of total loans. Nonperforming loans are primarily in nonperforming real estate construction and development loans. The 
allowance for loan losses was $5.57 million and $4.51 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, or 1.30% and 1.16%, respectively, of 
total loans. Net charge-offs were $1,110,000 in 2008 compared to $397,000 in 2007.  The increase in net charge-offs in 2008 was 
primarily due to the economic downturn and the effect on the housing market. 

The Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that it considers to be adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in 
its loan portfolio. Management determines the level of the allowance by performing a quarterly analysis that considers concentrations 
of credit, past loss experience, current economic conditions, the amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including 
nonperforming and potential problem loans), estimated fair value of underlying collateral, and other information relevant to assessing 
the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio. As a result of management’s analysis, a range of the potential amount of the allowance 
for loan losses is determined. 

The Bank will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and make additions to the allowance in 
accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance 
for loan losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the amount of total loans outstanding (excluding unearned income) and the percentage distributions 

in each category, as of the dates indicated. 

Distribution of Loans and Percentage Composition of Loan Portfolio Amount Outstanding as of 
December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Commercial real estate ..............................   $ 
Commercial ...............................................  
Real estate construction .............................  
Agriculture.................................................  
Residential real estate and consumer .........  
Unearned income.......................................  

$

268,742  
37,302  
73,321  
25,917  
22,895  
(1,035) 

$

208,309  
45,497  
83,173  
31,430  
19,400  
(1,038) 

$ 

233,110  
41,077  
60,269  
27,527  
16,409  
(1,233) 

$

212,901  
31,349  
37,717  
22,390  
13,752  
(1,345) 

175,641  
22,156  
36,457  
13,016  
11,225  
(1,188) 

Total loans, net of unearned income ..........  

427,142  

386,771  

377,160  

$ 

316,764  

$

257,307  

Participation loans sold and serviced 

by the Bank ...........................................   $ 

9,759  

$

1,314  

$

3,488  

$ 

3,838  

$

3,872  

Commercial real estate ..............................  
Commercial ...............................................  
Real estate construction .............................  
Agriculture.................................................  
Residential real estate and consumer .........  
Unearned income.......................................  

62.9% 
8.7% 
17.2% 
6.1% 
5.3% 
(0.2)%

53.9% 
11.8% 
21.5% 
8.1% 
5.0% 
(0.3)%

61.8% 
10.9% 
16.0% 
7.3% 
4.4% 
(0.3)%

67.2% 
9.9% 
11.9% 
7.1% 
4.3% 
(0.4)%

68.3% 
8.6% 
14.2% 
5.1% 
4.4% 
(0.5)%

Total loans, net of unearned income ..........  

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the outstanding loans in our 

portfolio, as of December 31, 2008. In addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with variable or floating 
interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
At December 31, 2008 

Within  
One Year 

After One 
But Within 
Five Years 

After  
Five Years 

Total 

Commercial real estate.................................................................    
Commercial..................................................................................    
Real estate construction ...............................................................    
Agriculture ...................................................................................    
Residential real estate and consumer ...........................................    
Unearned income .........................................................................    
Total loans, net of unearned income ....................................    

Loans with variable (floating) interest rates.................................    
Loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates...........................    

$

$

$
$

51,315   $
21,934  
61,193  
18,374  
1,040  
(372) 
153,484   $

178,999   $ 

12,719  
12,113  
6,375  
6,301  
(523) 
215,984   $ 

38,428   $
2,649  
15  
1,168  
15,554  
(140) 
57,674   $

268,742 
37,302 
73,321 
25,917 
22,895 
(1,035)
427,142 

119,490   $
33,994   $

151,650   $ 
64,333   $ 

37,732   $
19,943   $

308,872 
118,270 

The majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Northern California. We employ strict guidelines regarding 

the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas. The recent decline in Northern California real estate value is offset by the 
low loan-to-value ratios in our commercial real estate portfolio and high percentage of owner-occupied properties. 

Nonperforming Assets 

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, 

loans restructured, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal, 
and other real estate owned (“OREO”). 

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan 

is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but 
collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some 
changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar 
means and which management intends to offer for sale. 

The Bank had nonperforming loans of $4.72 million at December 31, 2008, as compared to $9.81 million at December 31, 

2007 and no nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The ratio of nonperforming loans over total 
loans was 1.10% and 2.54% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as compared with 0.0% in the prior three year-end periods. 

In addition, the Bank held two residential development OREO properties with a market value of $2.75 million as of 

December 31, 2008.  The Bank did not possess any OREO during any of the year-end periods from 2004 through 2007. 

Management believes that the reserve provided for nonperforming loans, together with the tangible collateral, were 

adequate as of December 31, 2008. See “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further discussion. Except as disclosed above, as of 
December 31, 2008, management was not aware of any material credit problems of borrowers that would cause it to have serious 
doubts about the ability of a borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms. However, no assurance can be given that credit 
problems may exist that may not have been brought to the attention of management. 

The following table provides information with respect to the components of our nonperforming assets as of the dates 

indicated.  (The figures in the table are net of the portion guaranteed by the U.S. Government): 

Nonperforming Assets 

2008 

2007 

At December 31, 
2006 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005 

2004 

Nonaccrual loans(1).......................................................    
Commercial real estate ....................................................    
Commercial .....................................................................    
Real estate construction ...................................................    
Agriculture.......................................................................    
Residential real estate and consumer ...............................    

$

2,115   $
0  
1,963  
0  
0  

1,127   $
0  
7,960  
0  
0  

Total ............................................................................    

$

4,078   $

9,087  

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 

 (as to principal or interest): 

Commercial real estate ....................................................    
Commercial .....................................................................    
Real estate construction ...................................................    
Agriculture.......................................................................    
Residential real estate and consumer ...............................    

Total ............................................................................    

Restructured loans(2) ....................................................    
Commercial real estate ....................................................    
Commercial .....................................................................    
Real estate construction ...................................................    
Agriculture.......................................................................    
Residential real estate and consumer ...............................    

$

$

Total ............................................................................    

0   $
0  
643  
0  
0  

0   $
0  
721  
0  
0  

643  

721  

0   $
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0   $
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

Total nonperforming loans......................................    
Other real estate owned ...................................................    

4,721  
2,746  

9,808  
0  

0   $ 
0  
0  
0  
0  

0   $ 

0   $ 
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0   $ 
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0  
0  

0   $
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0   $
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0   $
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0  
0  

Total nonperforming assets.....................................    

$

7,467  

$

9,808   $

0   $ 

0   $

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

0  
4  
0  
1  
0  

5  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

0  

5  
0  

0  

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans ........    
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans 

and other real estate owned .........................................    

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of 

1.10% 

1.74% 

2.54% 

2.54% 

nonperforming loans ...................................................    

117.97% 

45.95% 

0.00% 

0.00% 

—  

0.00% 

0.00% 

0.00% 

0.00% 

—  

—  

(1) During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, no interest income related to these loans was included in net income 
while on nonaccrual status. Additional interest income of approximately $135,000 and $233,000 would have been recorded during the 
year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, if these loans had been paid in accordance with their original terms. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
(2) A “restructured loan” is one the terms of which were renegotiated to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because 
of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such 

charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend 
credits or letters of credit. The charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio are credited to the allowance for loan losses, whereas 
charges for off-balance sheet items are credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other 
liabilities. The provision for loan losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision for Loan Losses” above. 

The rapid growth of our loan portfolio in the past five years has required more reserves for probable loan losses. The 

allowance for loan losses increased by 23.6%, or $1,063,000, to $5.57 million at December 31, 2008, as compared with $4.51 million 
at December 31, 2007. Such allowances were $4.34 million, $3.98 million, and $3.27 million at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, 
respectively. Despite the rapid growth of our loan portfolio, the increases in loan loss allowances have been sufficient to maintain a 
stable allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans, as reflected in the ratios of  1.30, 1.16, 1.15, 1.16 and 1.20, at the end of 
2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. 

In light of the current weakness in the economic environment, and specifically in the real estate construction sector, 

reserves have been increased to recognize such increased risk.  Diversification, low loan-to-values, strong credit quality and enhanced 
credit monitoring contribute to a reduction in the portfolio’s overall risk, and help to offset the economic risk.  The impact of the 
increasing economic weakness will continue to be monitored, and adjustments to the provision for loan loss will be made accordingly.  
As evidenced in 2008, the weak business climate adversely impacted the financial conditions of some of our clients and increased our 
net loan charge-off to $1,110,000, compared to $397,000, $13,000, $1,000 and $4,000 in 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. 

Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced 

by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of 
such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions 
is not evidenced by a specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of 
the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance. Although management has allocated a portion of 
the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety. 

Although management believes the allowance at December 31, 2008 was adequate to absorb losses from any known and 
inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or other 
variables will not result in increased losses in the loan portfolio in the future. 

As of December 31, 2008, our allowance for loan losses consisted of amounts allocated to three phases of our methodology 

for assessing loan loss allowances, as follows (see details of methodology for assessing allowance for loan losses in the section 
entitled “Critical Accounting Policies”): 

Phase of Methodology (Dollars in Thousands) 
Specific review of individual loans...............................................  
Review of pools of loans with similar characteristics...................  
Judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors .............  

$
$
$

As of: December 31, 2008 

768  
4,801  
—  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, loan balances at the end of each period, the daily averages during 

the period, changes in the allowance for loan losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged off, 
additions to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance for loan losses: 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
(in thousands) 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

Balances: 
Average total gross loans outstanding 

during period....................................................     $
Total gross loans outstanding at end of period.....     $
Allowance for loan losses: 
Balances at beginning of period........................     $

Actual charge-offs: 
Commercial real estate.........................................    
Commercial..........................................................    
Real estate construction .......................................    
Agriculture ...........................................................    
Residential real estate and consumer ...................    
Total charge-offs..............................................    

Recoveries on loans previously charged off 
Commercial real estate.........................................    
Commercial..........................................................    
Real estate construction .......................................    
Agriculture ...........................................................    
Residential real estate and consumer ...................    
Total recoveries................................................    

Net loan charge-offs/(recoveries).........................    

Provision for loan losses ......................................    

Reclassification of reserve related to 

400,821   $
428,177   $

381,316   $
387,809   $

345,063    $ 
378,393    $ 

276,277   $
318,108   $

220,526  
258,495  

4,507   $

4,341   $

3,976    $ 

3,272   $

2,338  

0  
11  
1,062  
0  
42  
1,115  

0  
0  
0  
0  
5  
5  

1,110  

2,188  

0  
0  
366  
0  
35  
402  

0  
0  
0  
0  
5  
5  

397  

555  

0  
0  
0  
0  
15  
15  

0  
0  
0  
0  
2  
2  

13  

595  

0  
1  
0  
0  
0  
1  

0  
0  
0  
0  
0  
0  

1  

0  
5  
0  
0  
0  
5  

0  
0  
0  
0  
1  
1  

4  

705  

938  

off-balance-sheet commitments .......................    

(16) 

8  

(217) 

0  

0  

Balance at end of period ......................................     $

5,569   $

4,507   $

4,341    $ 

3,976   $

3,272  

Ratios: 
Net loan charge-offs/(recoveries) to average 

total loans.........................................................    

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at 

end of period ....................................................    

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to allowance 

0.28% 

1.30% 

for loan losses at end of period ........................    

19.93% 

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to provision 

0.10% 

1.16% 

8.81% 

for loan losses ..................................................    

50.73% 

71.57% 

0.00% 

1.15% 

0.29% 

2.12% 

0.00% 

0.00%

1.16% 

1.20%

0.02% 

0.11%

0.10% 

0.38%

The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, the balance of the allowance for loan losses and the percentage of each type of 
loan balance at the end of each period (See “Loan Portfolio” above for a description of each type of loan balance): 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

2008 

2007 

Amount Outstanding as of December 31, 
2006 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005 

2004 

Applicable to: 
Commercial real estate .........................................  
Commercial ..........................................................  
Real estate construction........................................  
Agriculture ...........................................................  
Residential real estate and consumer....................  

Total Allowance ..................................................  
Noninterest Income 

$

$

3,329   $
806  
997  
210  
227  

2,672   $
663  
837  
189  
147  

2,755   $ 
413  
885  
162  
126  

2,693   $
364  
691  
118  
110  

5,569   $

4,507   $

4,341   $ 

3,976   $

2,350 
262 
514 
65 
81 

3,272 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Noninterest income was $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $2.2 million for the year 2007. Service 

charge income was $1.3 million for the year 2008 compared to $1.1 million for the year 2007 as a result of the increase number of 
core deposit accounts.  The aggregate number of DDA, Now, Money Market and Savings accounts increased by 19% to 16,602 at 
December 31, 2008 as compared to 13,946 accounts as of December 31, 2007.  In 2008, Earnings on cash surrender value of life 
insurance increased by $195,000 due to the purchase of $4.74 million in life insurance policies on certain officers.  The Bank 
continues to evaluate its deposit product offerings with the intention of continuing to expand its offerings to the consumer and 
business depositors. 

Noninterest Income 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Service charges on deposit accounts ...........................................    
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance.....................    
Mortgaged Commissions ............................................................    
Other income...............................................................................    
Total............................................................................................    

Average assets.............................................................................    
Noninterest income as a % of average assets..............................    

Noninterest Expense 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(Amount) 

(%) 

(Amount) 

(%) 

$

$

$

1,299  
370  
101  
752  
2,522  

51.5%  $ 
14.7% 
4.0% 
29.8% 
100.0%  $ 

1,090  
175  
195  
737  
2,198  

452,280  

   $ 

446,294  

0.6% 

49.6%
8.0%
8.9%
33.5%
100.0%

0.5%

Noninterest expense was $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.7 million or 25.7% 
compared to $14.2 million for the year ended 2007. Salaries and employee benefits increased $720,000 and occupancy expense 
increase of $472,000, due in part to the addition of a new branch in Stockton and the addition of a Bank’s commercial lending team 
located in the new Stockton branch.  Another primary component of total non-interest expense was OREO expenses of $1.6 million in 
2008 compared to none in 2007.  Other operating expenses increased by $642,000 which includes additional FDIC and DFI 
assessments of $153,000 in 2008 compared to 2007. 

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods indicated: 

Noninterest Expense 
(Dollars in thousands) 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(Amount) 

(%) 

(Amount) 

(%) 

Salaries and employee benefits ....................................................   
Occupancy expenses ....................................................................   
Data processing fees ....................................................................   
Telephone expenses .....................................................................   
OREO expenses ...........................................................................   
Other operating expenses.............................................................   
Total.............................................................................................   

Average assets..............................................................................   
Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets ............................   

$

$

$

9,306  
2,695  
765  
295  
1,554  
3,251  
17,866  

52.1%  $ 
15.1% 
4.3% 
1.6% 
8.7% 
18.2% 
100.0%  $ 

8,586  
2,223  
542  
254  
—  
2,609  
14,213  

452,280  

   $ 

446,294  

4.0% 

60.4%
15.6%
3.8%
1.8%
0.0%
18.4%
100.0%

3.2%

Management anticipates that noninterest expense will continue to increase as we continue to grow.  However, management 

remains committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a minimum relative to growth. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Income Tax Expense 

The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 27.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared 

to 37.3% for the year 2007.  The disparity between the effective tax rates in 2008 as compared to 2007 is primarily due to tax credits 
from California Enterprise Zones and low income housing projects as well as tax free-income on loans within these enterprise zones 
and municipal securities and loans that comprise a larger proportion of pre-tax income in 2008 as compared to prior years. 

Financial Condition 

The Bank’s total assets were $508.2 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $454.3 million at December 31, 2007, an 
increase of $53.9 million or 11.9%. Net loans increased $39.3 million, investments increased $8.1 million, bank premises and 
equipment increased $1.0 million and interest receivable and other assets increased $7.2 million, while cash and cash equivalents 
decreased $4.4 million. 

Loans gross of the allowance for loan losses were $428.2 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $387.8 million at 

December 31, 2007, an increase of $40.4 million or 10.4%. The increase was primarily due to increase of $60.4 million or 29% in the 
commercial real estate loans and a $3.5 million increase in residential real estate and consumer loans. These were offset by decreases 
of $8.2 million, $9.9 million and $5.5 million in commercial, real estate construction and agriculture loans, respectively.  All loan 
categories slightly decreased or remained relatively unchanged as a percentage of total loans, due to the increase in commercial real 
estate loans, which increased from approximately 53.9% to 62.9% of total loans. 

Deposits increased $901,000 or 0.2% to $378.2 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $377.3 million at December 31, 2007. 

Time deposits decreased by $9.2 million, much of which was transferred by customers to money market accounts as evidenced by an 
increase of $18.9 million in money market accounts.  All other deposit types recognized a slight decrease compared to the prior year. 

Short-term borrowings increased $22.5 million to $50.5 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $28.0 million at 

December 31, 2007 while long-term debt increased to $18.5 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $3.0 million at December 31, 
2007. The increase in long-term debt was due to the Bank deciding to utilize a long-term FHLB fixed rate advance and thus reducing 
the level of short-term FHLB advances. The Bank uses short-term borrowings, primarily short-term FHLB advances, to fund short-
term liquidity needs and manage net interest margin. 

Equity increased $15.6 million or 36.9% to $58.0 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $42.4 million at December 31, 
2007.  The Bank was selected to participate in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program (“TCPP”) which resulted in the issuance of 
$13.5 million in preferred stock.  The Bank intends to use the capital to increase credit availability to local, creditworthy, businesses 
and consumers. The preferred stock shares have a 5% coupon for 5 years and 9% thereafter. Warrants to purchase 350,346 shares of 
common stock at a per share exercise price of $5.78 are attached and fully exercisable. The warrants expire 10 years after the issuance 
date. The securities issued to the Treasury will be accounted for as components of regulatory Tier 1 capital.  See Note 12 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report for further discussion regarding our participation in the TCPP. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity to meet borrowers’ credit and depositors’ withdrawal demands is provided by maturing assets, short-term liquid assets 
that can be converted to cash and the ability to attract funds from depositors. Additional sources of liquidity may include institutional 
deposits, advances from the FHLB and other short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased. 

Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a consistent 

source of funds.  The only brokered deposit the Bank holds are from CDARS, a certificate of deposit program that exchanges funds 
with other network banks to offer full FDIC insurance coverage to the customer.  The bank had $10.5 million in brokered deposits as 
of December 31, 2008 and none at December 31, 2007. 

At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Bank had total FHLB advances outstanding of $69.0 million and $31.0 
million, respectively.  At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Bank had sufficient collateral to borrow an additional $38.1 
million and $68.0 million, respectively.  In addition, the Bank had lines of credit to purchase overnight federal funds with its 
correspondent banks totaling $20 million.  No advances were made on these lines of credit as of December 31, 2008 and 
December 31, 2007. 

Oak Valley Bancorp’s liquidity depends primarily on dividends paid to it as sole shareholder of the Bank. The Bank’s ability to 

pay dividends to Oak Valley Bancorp without regulatory approval will depend on whether the Bank will be in a position to pay 
dividends. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following chart summarizes certain contractual obligations of the Bank as of December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands): 

Contractual Obligations 
FHLB borrowings ............................................    
Operating lease obligations..............................    
Investment in limited partnership ....................    
Supplemental retirement plans.........................    
Time deposit maturities....................................    

$

Less than 1
Year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

More than 5
years 

50,500   $
803  
37  
20  
71,638  

18,500   $
1,545  
—  
48  
18,608  

—   $ 

—   $

1,595  
—  
72  
313  

3,950  
—  
764  
43  

Total 

69,000  
7,893  
37  
904  
90,602  

Total.................................................................    

$

122,998   $

38,701   $

1,980   $ 

4,757   $

168,436  

Return on Equity and Assets 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our return on equity and assets for the periods indicated: 

Return on average assets.......................................................................... 
Return on average equity ......................................................................... 
Dividend payout ratio .............................................................................. 
Equity to assets ratio ................................................................................ 

  At December 31, 2008 

  At December 31, 2007 

0.46% 
4.77% 
27.38% 
11.41% 

0.88%
10.11%
36.81%
9.33%

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

During the ordinary course of business, we provide various forms of credit lines to meet the financing needs of our 

customers. These commitments, which represent a credit risk to us, are not represented in any form on our balance sheets. 

As of December 31, 2008, and 2007, we had commitments to extend credit of $63.1 million and $81.4 million, 
respectively.  Obligations under standby letters of credit were $3.53 million, and $1.14 million, for 2008, and 2007, respectively, and 
there were no obligations under commercial letters of credit for either period. 

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide 

credit cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used. For more information 
regarding our off balance sheet arrangements, see Note 14 to our 2008 year end financial statements located elsewhere in this report. 

Investment Activities 

Investments are a key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is set in accordance with 
strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing 
deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk 
management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits 
and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs. 

Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions 

The Bank holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to help 

meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested.  As of 
December 31, 2008, and 2007, we had $765,000 and $3.81 million, respectively, in federal funds sold. 

Investment Securities 

Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an 
interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities 
that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as 
available-for-sale.  Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying values of available-for-
sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an 
after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income. 

Our investment securities holdings increased by $8.1 million, or 24.2%, to $41.4 million at December 31, 2008, compared 
to holdings of $33.3 million at December 31, 2007.  Accordingly, total investment securities as a percentage of total assets increased 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to 8.2% as compared to 7.3% at December 31, 2007.  As of December 31, 2008, $34.5 million of the investment securities were 
pledged to secure certain deposits. 

As of December 31, 2008, the total unrealized loss on securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous 

months was $99,719 with an aggregate fair value of $13,074,953.  The total unrealized loss on securities that were in a loss position 
for greater than 12 continuous months was $100,152 with an aggregate fair value of $5,779,473. 

The following table summarizes the book value and market value and distribution of our investment securities as of the 

dates indicated: 

Investment Securities Portfolio 

Dollars in Thousands 
Available-for-Sale: 
Securities of U.S. 

As of December 31, 2008 

As of December 31, 2007 

As of December 31, 2006 

Amortized 
Cost 

  Market Value

Amortized 
Cost 

  Market Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

  Market Value

government agencies.........     $

25,541   $

26,085   $

24,875   $

24,962   $ 

27,464   $

27,250 

Collateralized mortgage 

obligations.........................    
Municipal securities ..............    
SBA Pools.............................    
Asset Backed Security ..........    
Total investment securities ...     $

3,439  
9,971  
1,820  
198  
40,969   $

3,485  
9,902  
1,779  
198  
41,449   $

4,024  
2,343  
2,054  
—  
33,296   $

3,961  
2,400  
2,049  
—  
33,373   $ 

6,219  
2,903  
—  
—  
36,586   $

6,020 
2,979 
— 
— 
36,249 

As of December 31, 2008 , a total of four U.S. Government agencies, one collateralized mortgage obligations and two SBA 

pools make up the total amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months.  Management periodically 
evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or 
other than temporary.  Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired.  The unrealized 
losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Bank has the ability and intent to hold all investment securities with identified 
impairments resulting from interest rate changes to the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment 
security.  As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any investment securities that constituted 10% or more of the stockholders’ 
equity of any third party issuer. 

The following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our investment securities at their amortized cost and 

their weighted average yields at December 31, 2008: 

Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

  Within One Year
  Amount    Yield 

  Within Five Years
Yield 
  Amount

  Within Ten Years
Yield 
  Amount

  After Ten Years 
  Amount    Yield 

Total 

  Amount

Yield 

After One But 

After Five But 

Available-for-sale: 
Securities of U.S. government agencies.....     $ 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ..........    
Municipal securities ...................................    
SBA Pools ..................................................    
Asset Backed Security................................    

Total Investment Securities...................     $ 

88  
0  
510  
0  
0  
598  

4.59%  $
0% 
5.81% 
0% 
0% 
5.63%  $

823  
0  
851  
0  
198  
1,872  

2,488  
4.25%  $
0  
0% 
8,610  
5.47% 
0  
0% 
6.49% 
0  
5.04%  $ 11,098  

0% 
5.90% 
0% 
0% 

5.28%  $ 22,141  
3,439  
0  
1,821  
0  
5.76%  $ 27,401  

5.25%  $ 25,541  
3,439  
4.12% 
9,971  
0% 
1,821  
1.41% 
198  
0% 
4.86%  $ 40,969  

5.22%
4.12%
5.86%
1.41%
6.49%
5.12%

Interest income and yields in the above table have not been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis. 

Other Earning Assets 

For various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than the interest-earning securities discussed 
above. Before 2007, the only other earning assets held by us were insignificant amounts of Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal 
Reserve Bank stock and the cash surrender value on the Bank Owned Life Insurances (“BOLI”). Balances of the Federal Home Loan 
Bank stock, Federal Reserve Bank stock and the BOLI cash surrender value as of December 31, 2008 were $3.8 million, $751,000 and 
$9.9 million, respectively.  The BOLI increase of $5.1 million was primarily due to the purchase of $4.7 million in BOLI policies for 
certain officers. 

During 2007, we invested in a low-income housing tax credit funds (“LIHTCF”) to promote our participation in CRA 

activities. We committed to invest $1 million, over the next two to three years. We anticipate receiving the return following this two to 
three year period in the form of tax credits and tax deductions over the next fifteen years. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 were as follows: 

Dollars in Thousands 
Type ........................................................................................................  
BOLI .......................................................................................................  
LIHTCF ..................................................................................................  
Federal Reserve Bank Stock ...................................................................  
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock .............................................................  

$
$
$
$

Balance as of December 
31, 2008 

Balance as of December 
31, 2007 

9,859   $ 
846   $ 
751   $ 
3,804   $ 

4,749  
323  
670  
2,283  

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds 

Deposits 

Total deposits at December 31, 2008, and 2007 were $378.2 million, and $377.3 million, respectively, representing an 
increase of $0.9 million or 0.2%, in 2008. The average deposits for the years ended December 31, 2008 decreased $4.0 million or 
1.1% to $365.5 million compared to $369.5 million at December 31, 2007. 

Deposits are the Bank’s primary source of funds. Due to strategic emphasis by management, core deposits (consisting of 

DDA, NOW, Money Market and Savings accounts) increased by 3.7% in 2008 to $287.6 million at December 31, 2008.  As a result, 
the percentage of core deposits to total deposits increased to 76.0% from 73.5% as of December 31, 2008 as compared to 
December 31, 2007.  The average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more was 3.92% and 5.20% for the 
years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” for further discussion. 

The following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the average daily rates paid for the periods 

indicated: 

Dollars in Thousands 

2008 

Average Deposits 
2007 

2006 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Demand, noninterest-bearing .....     $
Money market ............................    
NOW..........................................    
Savings.......................................    
Time certificates of deposit of 

$100,000 or more...................    
Other time deposits ....................    
Total deposits.............................     $

61,554  
149,202  
54,160  
15,563  

40,172  
44,846  
365,497  

0.00%  $
2.40% 
0.71% 
1.66% 

3.92% 
3.21% 
1.98%  $

58,468  
125,574  
53,634  
16,745  

66,007  
49,118  
369,546  

0.00%  $ 
3.62% 
1.05% 
3.33% 

49,966  
117,635  
49,071  
21,644  

5.20% 
4.34% 
3.04%  $ 

70,937  
52,124  
361,377  

0.00%
3.43%
1.11%
3.01%

4.49%
4.26%
2.94%

The scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or greater at December 31, 2008 are, as 

follows: 

Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Three months or less ..............................................................................................................................................  
Over three months through six months ..................................................................................................................  
Over six months through twelve months ...............................................................................................................  
Over twelve months ...............................................................................................................................................  
Total.......................................................................................................................................................................  

$

$

19,121  
7,462  
7,512  
9,945  
44,040  

Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are 
generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks. A number of clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total 
deposits, but only one customer had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits in 2008. 

The only brokered deposit the Bank holds are from CDARS, a certificate of deposit program that exchanges funds with 
other network banks to offer full FDIC insurance coverage to the customer.  The bank had $10.5 million in brokered deposits as of 
December 31, 2008 and none at December 31, 2007. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB Borrowings 

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business 

purposes, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) as an alternative to retail deposit 
funds. Our outstanding FHLB advances increased by $38.0 million to $69.0 million at year-end 2008 compared to the prior year as a 
result of our emphasis on managing non-relationship, high cost CD’s.  See “Liquidity Management” below for the details on the 
FHLB borrowings program. 

The following table is a summary of FHLB borrowings for fiscal years 2008 and 2007: 

Dollars in Thousands 
Balance at year-end.................................................................................................................  
Average balance during the year.............................................................................................  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end...................................................................  
Average interest rate during the year ......................................................................................  
Average interest rate at year-end ............................................................................................  

$ 
$ 
$ 

2008 

2007 

69,000   $
59,441   $
79,100   $
2.50% 
1.51% 

31,000  
33,455  
61,125  
5.17%
4.70%

Asset/Liability Management 

Management seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and liabilities as a vehicle to attain our 
overall business plans and objectives. In this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk, interest rate 
risk and market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit risk. 

Liquidity Management 

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all time to meet our cash flow 

requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its 
customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets 
into cash or cash equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive 
additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities available for 
sale. Our liquid assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 totaled approximately $60.9 million, and $59.9 million, respectively.  Our 
liquidity level measured as the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 12.0%, and 13.2% at December 31, 2008, and 2007, 
respectively. 

As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to 

meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio and stock 
issued by the FHLB. The FHLB determines limitations on the amount of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan 
category that will count towards the borrowing capacity.  As of December 31, 2008, our borrowing capacity from the FHLB was about 
$107 million and the outstanding balance was $69 million, or approximately 64% of our borrowing capacity.  We also maintain 2 lines 
of credit with correspondent banks to purchase up to $20 million in federal funds. 

Capital Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements 

In the past two years, our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income through retained 

earnings. At December 31, 2008, total shareholders’ equity increased to $58.0 million, representing an increase of $15.6 million from 
December 31, 2007.  In December 2008, the Bank was selected to participate in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program which 
demonstrates the confidence the U.S. Treasury Department has in the stability of the Bank. The Bank issued $13.5 million in preferred 
stock and intends to use the capital to increase credit availability to local, creditworthy, businesses and consumers. The preferred stock 
shares have a 5% coupon for 5 years and 9% thereafter. Warrants to purchase 350,346 shares of common stock at a per share exercise 
price of $5.78 are attached and fully exercisable. The warrants expire 10 years after the issuance date. The securities issued to the 
Treasury will be accounted for as components of regulatory Tier 1 capital. 

As of December 31, 2008, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures other than the preferred stock dividend 

payments due to the U.S. Treasury Department. 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet 

minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and 
operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific 
capital guidelines that rely on quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under 
regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. (See “Description of Business-Regulation and Supervision-Capital Adequacy 
Requirements” herein for exact definitions and regulatory capital requirements.) 

As of December 31, 2008, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action. The following table presents the regulatory standards for well-capitalized institutions, compared to our capital ratios 
as of the dates specified: 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets .................................. 
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets.................................. 
Tier I capital to average assets ........................................... 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

Regulatory Well- 
Capitalized Standards 

December 31, 2008 

December 31, 2007 

10.0% 
6.0% 
5.0% 

13.3% 
12.1% 
11.8% 

11.1%
10.0%
9.4%

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” 
(“SFAS 157”) which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those years. SFAS 
157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the related disclosure requirements. This 
Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The Statement indicates, 
among other things, that a fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability occurs in the 
principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or 
liability. SFAS 157 defines fair value based upon an exit price model. Relative to SFAS 157, the FASB proposed FASB Staff 
Positions (FSP) 157-a, 157-b, and 157-c. FSP 157-a amends SFAS 157 to exclude Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, 
“Accounting for Leases,” and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions, while FSP 157-b 
delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or 
disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. FSP 157-c clarifies the principles in SFAS 157 on the fair value 
measurement of liabilities. Public comments on FSP 157-a and 157-b were due in January 2008, while public comments on FSP 157-c 
were due in February 2008. The Company adopted this pronouncement effective January 1, 2008 and has determined that this 
Standard has not had a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial 

Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain 
other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate 
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities using different measurement techniques. SFAS 159 
requires additional disclosures related to the fair value measurements included in the entity’s financial statements. This Statement is 
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  Accordingly, the Company adopted 
SFAS in the first quarter of 2008.  The Company did not elect the fair value option for any of its financial assets or liabilities. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business 

Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”), which replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations” 
(“SFAS 141”). SFAS 141(R) retains the underlying concepts of SFAS 141 in that all business combinations are still required to be 
accounted for at fair value under the acquisition method of accounting but SFAS 141(R) changed the method of applying the 
acquisition method in a number of significant aspects. Acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred; noncontrolling 
interests will be valued at fair value at the acquisition date; in-process research and development will be recorded at fair value as an 
indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date; restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be 
expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after 
the acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense. SFAS 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business 
combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, 
with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS 141(R) amends 
SFAS 109 such that adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with 
acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS 141(R) would also apply the provisions of SFAS 141(R). Early adoption is 
not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact this Statement may have on the Company’s future financial 
position, results of operations and cash flows. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in 

Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of ARB No. 51.” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with earlier adoption prohibited. The Statement requires 
the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the 
parent’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on 
the face of the income statement. The Statement also amends certain of ARB No. 51’s consolidation procedures for consistency with 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the requirements of SFAS 141(R). This Statement also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent 
and its noncontrolling interest. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact this Statement may have on the Company’s 
financial position, results of operations and cash flows, but does not believe the impact of the adoption will be material. 

FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement 

Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.”  EITF 06-4 requires the recognition of a liability and 
related compensation expense for bank owned life insurance policies with joint beneficiary agreements that provide a benefit to an 
employee that extends to post-retirement periods.  Under EITF 06-4, life insurance policies purchased for the purpose of providing 
such benefits do not effectively settle an entity’s obligation to the employee.  Accordingly, the entity must recognize a liability and 
related compensation expense during the employee’s active service period based on the future cost of insurance to be incurred during 
the employee’s retirement.  If the entity has agreed to provide the employee with a death benefit, then the liability for the future death 
benefit should be recognized by following the guidance in SFAS 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other 
Than Pensions.”  EITF 6-04 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 17, 2007.  The Bank adopted this pronouncement 
effective January 1, 2008 and has recorded an initial liability of $119,842 with an offsetting adjustment to retained earning of $70,459 
and deferred taxes of $49,383, pursuant to this accounting pronouncement. 

Impact of Inflation; Seasonality 

Inflation primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is 

affected by changes in interest rates. We attempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through management of 
rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as 
well as noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in this report. Our business is generally not seasonal. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements and the independent auditors’ report appear on pages F-1 through F-33 of this Report and 

are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference. 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (as required by paragraph (b) of 
Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)), the Registrant’s principal executive officer and principal 
financial officer have concluded that the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act) were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits 
under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and 
Exchange Commission rules and forms. 

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management of Oak Valley Bancorp and its subsidiary (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 
internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934.  The Company’s management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, presented in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control -Integrated Framework. Based 
on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
was effective based on those criteria. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding 
internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered 
public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide 
only management’s report in this annual report. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH 
SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. 

Directors and Executive Officers 

The current executive officers and directors of the Bank and of Oak Valley Bancorp are as follows: 

Donald Barton, 51, has been a director of the Bank since 2006 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Barton is the 
managing partner at GoldRiver Orchards, a local walnut processing operation which his family started since 1912.  He is a Stanford 
graduate and earned his MBA from Santa Clara University.  Mr. Barton is an Oakdale resident. 

Christopher M. Courtney, 46, has been the Bank’s President since August of 2004 and a director since January 2007.  He 

has been Oak Valley Bancorp President and Director since May 2008. Previously, he has served as the Bank’s Chief Credit Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer since 1999 and 2000, respectively.  Mr. Courtney has 20 years of diverse banking experience, joining 
Oak Valley Community Bank in 1996, as a lender, after working for a major bank, a mid-size bank and a small community bank. He 
graduated from Wells Fargo Bank Credit Training Program in 1989. Mr. Courtney has a B.S. in Finance and a Masters in Business 
Administration from California State University, Sacramento.  He is also a graduate of the Pacific Coast Banking School at the 
University of Washington. 

James L. “Jay” Gilbert, 64, has been a Director of the Bank since 1992 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  
Mr. Gilbert has lived in Oakdale since 1946.  Mr. Gilbert is an owner of A.L.Gilbert Co, and he has been involved in the feed and seed 
business as well as retail feed stores for 39 years.  Mr. Gilbert has also been engaged in and almond farming for more than 30 years. 

Thomas A. Haidlen, 62, has been a director of the Bank since 1992 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Haidlen 

was born in Oakdale and has resided in Oakdale for over 50 years.  He owns and operates the Haidlen Ford Dealership in Oakdale; 
established in Oakdale in 1955. 

Michael Q. Jones, 63, has been a director of the Bank since 2004 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Jones has 

been a resident of Sonora since 1974.  Mr. Jones has served as the Chairman of California Gold Development Corporation since 1974, 
and has been the owner of the Prudential California Realty in Sonora since 2002. 

Arne J. Knudsen, 70, is a director of the Bank and of Oak Valley Bancorp.  Mr. Knudsen is also the Secretary of the Bank 
and of Oak Valley Bancorp.  Mr. Knudsen has been a resident of Oakdale since 1960.  He owns and operates Knudsen Nursery, Inc., a 
wholesale nursery operation which he founded in 1959. 

Ronald C. Martin, 62, has served as a director and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since 1992.  He was also the 
Bank’s President until August 2004. He has been Oak Valley Bancorp Chief Executive Officer and a Director since May 2008. 
Mr. Martin began his banking career in 1977 with River City Bank in Sacramento.  Between 1977 and 1987 he was employed in the 
Sacramento area and from December 1987 to January 1992 he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Butte Savings in 
Chico, California.  Mr. Martin has a B.S. in Finance from the University of Arizona. 

Richard A. McCarty, 37, has been the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2000 and Chief 

Administration Officer since 2008.  He has been Oak Valley Bancorp Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 
May 2008.  Mr. McCarty first joined Oak Valley in 1996, leaving in 1997 to work for Del Monte Foods Corporation, where he spent 
two years before returning to Oak Valley Community Bank in 1999.  Mr. McCarty has a B.S. in Finance from California State 
University, Stanislaus. 

Roger M. Schrimp, 67, has been a director of the Bank since 1992 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Schrimp 

has practiced law in Oakdale since 1967.  He is a senior partner in the Modesto Law Firm of Damrell, Nelson, Schrimp, Pallios & 
Ladine, and owns and operates a cattle ranch. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Danny L. Titus, 64, has been a director of the Bank since 1992 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Titus has 

served as the President of Situs Investments, Inc. since 1989 which manages real estate and investments.  During the period of from 
1979 to 1988, Mr. Titus was the general manager of Steelgard, Inc. which manufacturers portable buildings. 

Richard J. Vaughan, 71, has been a director of the Bank since 1992 and of Oak Valley Bancorp since 2008.  Mr. Vaughan 
owns Vaughan Farms, operating in Waterford and Oakdale, California.  Mr. Vaughan has been involved with agribusiness since 1961. 
Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters 

We are committed to having sound corporate governance principles. Having such principles is essential to running our business 

efficiently and to maintaining our integrity in the marketplace. 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our directors, executive officers, employees and consultants.  Our Chief 
Executive Officer and all senior financial officers, including the Chief Financial Officer, are bound by such Code of Ethics which is 
posted on our Internet website at www.ovcb.com. 

Board Independence 

The Board has determined that each of the current directors standing for re-election, except for Messrs. Martin and Courtney, is 
independent under the Nasdaq director independence standards set forth in Marketplace Rules 4200 and 4350, as currently in effect. 

Director Qualifications 

We believe that our directors should have the highest professional and personal ethics and values, consistent with longstanding 
our values and standards. They should have broad experience at the policy-making level in business, government, or banking. They 
should be committed to enhancing shareholder value and should have sufficient time to carry out their duties and to provide insight 
and practical wisdom based on experience. Their service on other boards of public companies should be limited to a number that 
permits them, given their individual circumstances, to perform responsibly all director duties. Each director must represent the 
interests of all shareholders. 

We also believe that it is necessary that the majority of our Board of Directors must be comprised of independent directors as set 

forth in the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules 4200 and 4350 and desirable to have at least one financial expert on the Board of Directors 
who serves on our Audit Committee as set forth in Section 401(h) of Regulation S-K under the federal securities laws. When 
considering potential director candidates, the Board also considers the candidate’s character, judgment, diversity, age, skills, including 
financial literacy, and experience in the context of our needs and the Board of Directors. 

Identifying and Evaluating Nominees for Directors 

The Board and the Nominating Committee utilize a variety of methods for identifying and evaluating nominees for director. 
Directors regularly assess the appropriate size of the Board, and whether any vacancies on the Board are expected due to retirement or 
otherwise. In the event that vacancies are anticipated, or otherwise arise, the Board considers various potential candidates for director. 
Candidates may come to the attention of the Board through current Board members, shareholders or other persons. These candidates 
are evaluated at regular or special meetings of the Board and the independent directors meeting separately, and may be considered at 
any point during the year. As described above, the Board considers properly submitted shareowner nominations for candidates for the 
Board. Following verification of the shareowner status of persons proposing candidates, recommendations are aggregated and 
considered by the Board at a regularly scheduled meeting, which is generally the first or second meeting prior to the issuance of the 
proxy statement for our annual meeting. If any materials are provided by a shareholder with the nomination of a director candidate, 
such materials are forwarded to the Board. In evaluating such nominations, the Board seeks to achieve a balance of knowledge, 
experience and capability on the Board. 

Shareholder Communications with the Board of Directors 

The Board of Directors has established a process for shareholders to communicate with the Board of Directors or with individual 

directors. Shareholders who wish to communicate with the Board of Directors or with individual directors should direct written 
correspondence to our Corporate Secretary, Arne J. Knudsen, at our principal executive offices located at 125 North Third Avenue, 
Oakdale, California 95361. Any such communication must contain (i) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of 
stock of the Bank, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on our books, of the shareholder sending such communication and (iii) the 
class and number of shares that are beneficially owned by such shareholder. The Corporate Secretary will forward such 
communications to the Board of Directors or the specified individual director to whom the communication is directed unless such 
communication is unduly hostile, threatening, illegal or similarly inappropriate, in which case the Corporate Secretary has the 
authority to discard the communication or to take appropriate legal action regarding such communication. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Compensation and Indemnification Arrangements 

Director Fees. Non-employee Directors receive a cash retainer in the amount of $2,000 per month.  Directors who are employees 

of the Bank do not receive any compensation for service as a director. 

Director Retirement Agreements.  On August 21, 2001, the Board of Directors authorized the Bank to enter into Director 
Retirement Agreements with each director.  The agreements are intended to encourage existing directors to remain directors of the 
Bank, assuring the Bank that it will have the benefit of the directors’ experience and guidance in the years ahead. 

For retirement after the later of age 72 (the “Normal Retirement Age”), the Director Retirement Agreements provide an annual 

benefit during the director’s lifetime of $12,000 for 10 years.  If a director retires or becomes disabled before the Normal Retirement 
Age, he will receive a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of 
early retirement or disability.  If a change in control of the Bank occurs (as defined in the Director Retirement Agreements) and a 
director’s service terminates within 24 months after the change in control, the director will receive the retirement liability balance 
accrued by the Bank payable to the director for retirement at the Normal Retirement Age. In December of 2001, the Bank purchased 
insurance policies on the lives of its directors, paying the premiums for these insurance policies with one lump-sum premium payment 
of approximately $1,045,000.  In 2008 we spent $1,580,000 in cash value premium paid to purchase additional BOLI insurance 
coverage for directors. 

Although the Bank expects the policies on the directors’ lives to serve as a source of funds for benefits payable under the Director 

Retirement Agreements, the contractual entitlements arising under the Director Retirement Agreements are not funded and remain 
contractual liabilities of the Bank, payable upon each director’s termination of service. The policy interests are divided between the 
Bank and each director.  Under the Bank’s Split Dollar Agreements and Split Dollar Policy endorsements with the directors, the Bank 
is entitled to any insurance policy death benefits remaining after payment to the director’s beneficiary.  The Bank expects to recover 
the premium in full from its portion of the policies’ death benefits. If a director is terminated for cause, the Bank will not pay any 
benefits under his Director Retirement Agreement.  For this purpose, the term “cause” means a director’s gross negligence or gross 
neglect of duties, fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of law or significant bank policies in connection with the director’s 
service that results in an adverse effect on the Bank. 

Stock Options.    None of the non-employee directors was granted any stock options during 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the 
non-employee directors held outstanding, fully exercisable stock options to purchase the following amounts of our common stock, all 
with exercise prices ranging from $3.46 to $13.25 per share, and all with expiration dates no late than 2016: 

Non-Employee Directors 
Donald Barton ............................................................ 
James L. “Jay” Gilbert................................................ 
Thomas A. Haidlen..................................................... 
Michael Q. Jones ........................................................ 
Arne J. Knudsen ......................................................... 
Roger M. Schrimp ...................................................... 
Danny L. Titus............................................................ 
Richard J. Vaughan .................................................... 

Options 

2,000 
2,500 
3,375 
2,250 
0 
0 
0 
16,875 

Indemnification.    Our Articles of Incorporation limit the liability of our directors to us or our shareholders for breaches of the 

directors’ fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by California law. In addition, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws 
provide for mandatory indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by California law. We also maintain 
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. 

Board Structure and Committee Composition 

Our Board had 10 directors and the following five committees: 

• Audit, 

• Loan 

• Investment, 

• Compensation, and 

• CRA Committee. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The membership during the last fiscal year and the function of each of the committees are described below. During 2008, the 
Board of the Bank held twelve meetings while the Board of the Company held four meetings. . Each director attended at least 75% of 
all Board and applicable committee meetings. Directors are encouraged to attend annual meetings of our shareholders. All ten 
directors attended the last annual meeting of shareholders. 

Audit Committee 

We have a separately-designated standing Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange 

Act. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of the integrity of our financial 
statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, the 
performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and risk assessment and risk management. Among other things, 
the Audit Committee prepares the Audit Committee report for inclusion in the annual proxy statement; annually reviews the Audit 
Committee charter and the committee’s performance; appoints, evaluates and determines the compensation of our independent 
auditors; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit, the audit fee and the financial statements; reviews our disclosure controls 
and procedures, internal controls, internal audit function, and corporate policies with respect to financial information and earnings 
guidance; oversees investigations into complaints concerning financial matters; and reviews other risks that may have a significant 
impact on our financial statements. The Audit Committee works closely with management as well as our independent auditors. The 
Audit Committee has the authority to obtain advice and assistance from, and receive appropriate funding from us for, outside legal, 
accounting or other advisors as the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties. 

The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee. In 2008 the members of the Audit Committee were 

Messrs. Schrimp (Chairman), Haidlen, Knudsen, Barton, Titus and Vaughan are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit 
Committee held five meetings during fiscal 2008. The Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee are 
“independent” as that term is defined in Rules 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rule and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange 
Act. 

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Schrimp is qualified as an “audit committee financial expert” under Item 

401(h) of Regulation S-K. 

Audit Committee Report 

The Audit Committee reports as follows with respect to the audit of our fiscal 2008 audited financial statements: 

Management is responsible for the Bank’s internal controls and the financial reporting process. The independent auditors are 

responsible for performing an independent audit of the Bank’s financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally 
accepted in the United States and to issue a report thereon. The Audit Committee’s responsibility is to monitor and oversee these 
processes. 

In this context, the Audit Committee has met and held discussions with management and the independent auditors. Management 

represented to the Audit Committee that the Bank’s financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States, and the Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the financial statements with 
management and the independent auditors. The Audit Committee discussed with the independent auditors matters required to be 
discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61 (Communication with Audit Committees). 

The Bank’s independent auditors also provided to the Audit Committee the written disclosures required by Independence 
Standards Board Standard No. 1 (Independence Discussions with Audit Committees), and the Audit Committee discussed with the 
independent auditors that firm’s independence and considered the compatibility of non-audit services with the independent auditors’ 
independence. 

Compensation Committee 

The Compensation Committee establishes our compensation policy, determines the compensation paid to our executive officers 

and non−employee directors, recommends executive incentive compensation plans and equity−based plans and approves other 
compensation plans and retirement plans. The Compensation Committee approves corporate goals related to the compensation of the 
executive officers, evaluates the executive officers’ performance and compensates the executive officers based on this evaluation.  
Messrs. Schrimp (Chairman), Barton, Gilbert, Haidlen, Jones, Knudsen, Titus and Vaughan are current members of the Compensation 
Committee. The Compensation Committee held two meetings during fiscal 2008. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board has determined that all members of the Compensation Committee are “independent” as that term is defined in 

Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. 

General Compensation Policy.    The Compensation Committee’s policy is to provide our executive officers with compensation 
opportunities which are based upon their personal performance, the financial performance of the Bank and their contribution to that 
performance and which are competitive enough to attract and retain highly skilled individuals. Each executive officer’s compensation 
package is comprised of three elements: (i) base salary that is competitive with the market and reflects individual performance, 
(ii) annual variable performance awards payable in cash and tied to the achievement of annual financial, strategic and operational 
objectives in addition to individual contributions to these objectives and (iii) long-term stock-based incentive awards designed to 
strengthen the mutual interest of our executive officers and its shareholders. As an officer’s level of responsibility increases, a greater 
proportion of his or her total compensation will be dependent upon the company’s financial performance and stock price appreciation 
rather than base salary. 

Base Salary.    Executive officer base salaries are determined annually with reference to Bank and individual performance. Base 

salaries are based on a number of measures, including comparisons with salaries and compensation programs of banks with 
comparable asset size, capitalization and performance. Our current practice is not to provide employment contracts to any of its 
executive officers. If any additional employment contracts should ever be considered necessary and beneficial to us, such a contract 
would require individual assessment by the Board of Directors. 

Annual Incentives.    The Committee considers annual Bank profitability goals and individual performance goals in determining 

annual bonuses for the executive officers. Based on the foregoing factors and the Bank’s performance in 2008, variable compensation 
was awarded to the Bank’s executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table in the indicated amounts. 

Long-term incentives.    Stock option grants are made at the discretion of the Board. Each grant is designed to align the interests 

of the executive officer with those of the shareholders and provide each individual with a significant incentive to manage the Bank 
from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake in the business. Each grant allows the officer to acquire shares of the Bank’s 
common stock at a fixed price per share consistent with the market price on the grant date over a specified period of time (up to ten 
years). Each option becomes exercisable in a series of installments over a five year period, contingent upon the officer’s continued 
employment with the Bank. Accordingly, the option will provide a return to the executive officer only if he or she remains employed 
by the Bank during the vesting period, and then only if the market price of the shares appreciates over the option term. 

The size of the option grant to each executive officer is set by the Compensation Committee at a level that is intended to create a 

meaningful opportunity for stock ownership based upon the individual’s current position with the Bank, the individual’s personal 
performance in recent periods and his or her potential for future responsibility and promotion over the option term. The Compensation 
Committee also takes into account the number of unvested options held by the executive officer in order to maintain an appropriate 
level of equity incentive for that individual. The relevant weight given to each of these factors varies from individual to individual. 
The Compensation Committee has established certain guidelines with respect to the option grants made to the executive officers, but 
has the flexibility to make adjustments to those guidelines at its discretion. Pending an assessment of the impact of ARRA on 
executive compensation, the Compensation Committee has suspended any new option grants to our principal executive officer. 

Retirement plans.    The Bank maintains a plan that complies with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. 
Substantially all employees are eligible to participate in this plan, and eligibility for participation commences upon hiring. The Bank’s 
executive officers are eligible to participate in this program, subject to any applicable tax laws. 

Loan Committee 

The Loan Committee monitors the activities of our lending function utilizing information presented to it by management at 
regular meetings. This includes, but is not limited to, the review of trends in outstanding credit relationships, key quality measures, 
significant borrowing relationships, large problem loans, industry concentrations, all significant lending policies, and the adequacy of 
the allowance for loan losses. The Loan Committee also reviews lending-related reports from regulators, auditors, and internal 
personnel. 

Each member of the Board of Directors also served on the Loan Committee throughout 2008 and as of December 31, 2008.  

Mr. Haidlen serves as Chairman of the Committee. The Director Loan Committee held 24 meetings during fiscal 2008. 

Investment Committee 

The Investment Committee reviews, identifies and classifies our assets based on credit risk, in accordance with regulatory 
guidelines. The Committee is also responsible for reviewing asset valuation and classification policies, as well as developing and 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
monitoring asset disposition. In addition, the Committee reviews and monitors the Bank’s investment portfolio, liquidity position and 
the risk of our interest-earning assets in comparison to its interest-bearing liabilities. 

Messrs. Courtney, Gilbert, Jones, Knudsen, Martin, Titus and Vaughn served on the Investment Committee throughout 2008 and 
as of December 31, 2008. Mr. Vaughn serves as Chairman of the Committee. The Committee held four meetings during fiscal 2008. 

CRA Committee 

The CRA Committee is responsible for oversight of our performance under the requirements of the Federal Community 

Reinvestment Act of 1977 and similar state law requirements. Messrs. Courtney, Gilbert, Jones, Knudsen, Martin, Titus served on the 
CRA Committee throughout 2008 and as of December 31, 2008. Mr. Titus serves as Chairman of the Committee. The CRA 
Committee held three meetings during fiscal 2008. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons 

who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in 
ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the 
Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To the best knowledge of the Company, there are no holders with 10% or 
more of the Company’s common stock. 

Based solely on a review of the copies of the reports furnished to us, or written representations that no reports were required to be 
filed, we believe that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our directors, 
officers, and greater than 10% beneficial owners, if any, were complied with, except that Donald Barton failed to timely report three 
transactions on Form 4. 

ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation 

The following table provides certain summary information concerning the compensation earned, by our Chief Executive Officer, 

and the two most highly compensated executive officers for services rendered in all capacities to us for the fiscal years ended 
December 31, 2008 and 2007 in their respective executive officer capacities with the Bank: 

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 

Name and Principal 
Position 
Ronald C. Martin ..................   
Director and CEO .............   

Christopher M. Courtney ......   
Director and President.......   

Richard A. McCarty..............   
Executive Vice President 

CAO/CFO .....................   

Year 
2008 
2007 

2008 
2007 

2008 
2007 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 
 $ 

Annual Compensation 
Salary 

Bonus 

254,960   $
248,000   $

Other 
  Compensation(1) 
9,000  
9,000  

48,000   $
81,250   $

192,750   $
187,000   $

50,000   $
81,250   $

163,825   $
 $
159,000

41,000   $
 $
66,625

7,800  
7,800  

7,800  
7,800

Long Term 
Compensation 
Awards 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options 

All 
Other 
  Compensation(2)

—   $
—   $

—   $
—   $

—   $
—  $

75,748  
42,510  

64,564  
61,089  

49,320  
46,140  

(1) 

(2) 

Reflects automobile allowances. 

Amounts shown for Mr. Martin include (a) for 2008, $57,466 representing executive salary continuation plan accrual which 
vests as described under “Employment and Salary Continuation Agreements”, $14,094 in 401(k) plan matching contributions 
and $4,188 representing director retirement plan accrual; (b) for 2007, $23,369 for accrued and unused vacation paid, $15,375 
in 401(k) plan matching contributions and $3,766 representing director retirement plan accrual. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts shown for Mr. Courtney include (a) for 2008, $36,105 representing executive salary continuation plan accrual which 
vests as described under “Employment and Salary Continuation Agreements”, $17,793 for accrued and unused vacation paid 
and $10,656 in 401(k) plan matching contributions; (b) for 2007, $34,017 representing executive salary continuation plan 
accrual which vests as described under “Employment and Salary Continuation Agreements”, $15,822 for accrued and unused 
vacation paid and $11,250 in 401(k) plan matching contributions. 

Amounts shown for Mr. McCarty include (a) for 2008, $27,953 representing executive salary continuation plan accrual which 
vests as described under “Employment and Salary Continuation Agreements”, $10,711 for accrued and unused vacation paid 
and $10,656 in 401(k) plan matching contributions; (b) for 2007, $26,329 representing executive salary continuation plan 
accrual which vests as described under “Employment and Salary Continuation Agreements”, $8,561 for accrued and unused 
vacation paid and $11,250 in 401(k) plan matching contributions. 

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year 

No individual grants of stock options were made during 2008 to each of the named executive officers in the Summary 

Compensation Table. 

Aggregated Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Values 

The following table provides information about stock options exercised in 2008 and options held as of December 31, 2008 by 
each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table.  Actual gains on exercise, if any, will depend on the value 
of our common stock on the date on which the shares are sold. 

FISCAL 2008 OPTION VALUES 

  Shares Acquired 
  on Exercise (#) 

Value 

Number of Securities Underlying 
Unexercised Options at 
December 31, 2008 (#)(2) 

Value of Unexercised In-the- 
money Options at December 31,
2008 ($)(2) 

  Realized ($)(1) 

Exercisable 

  Unexercisable 

Exercisable 

  Unexercisable

Ronald C. Martin ................  
Christopher M. Courtney ....  
Richard A. McCarty............  

0   $

10,125  
0  

0  
26,201  
0  

27,000  
67,500  
50,528  

6,750   $ 
6,750  
4,500  

0   $

102,781  
82,550  

Total....................................  

10,125   $

26,201  

145,028  

18,000   $ 

185,330   $

0 
0 
0 

0 

(1) The value realized of shares acquired on exercise was determined by subtracting the exercise price from the fair market value of 
the common stock on the exercise date multiplied by the number of shares acquired on exercise 

(2) Options granted under our Stock Plans. “Exercisable” refers to those options which were both exercisable and vested while 
“Unexercisable” refers to those options which were unvested. 

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements 

On August 21, 2001, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved Salary Continuation Agreements between the Bank and 
Messrs. Courtney and McCarty.  Under the Salary Continuation Agreements, Messrs. Courtney and McCarty are entitled to receive 
maximum annual payments of $85,000 and $65,000, respectively, for a period of 20 years following their retirement at the age of 62 
or upon a change in control, as defined in each salary continuation agreement. In the event of disability while employed at the Bank 
prior to the age of 62, either executive will receive a benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of 
disability.  In the event of early termination, either executive will receive a vested portion of his retirement liability balance accrued by 
the Bank at the time of such early retirement.  The vesting schedule is 20% per year of service beginning with the sixth year of 
service.  In the event the Executive dies prior to termination of his salary continuation agreement, the beneficiary of such executive 
will receive from the Bank a lump sum death benefit amount. 

In December 2001, the Bank purchased insurance policies on the lives of Messrs. Courtney and McCarty, paying the premiums 

for these insurance policies with one lump-sum premium payment of approximately $590,000.  Under the Bank’s Split Dollar 
Agreements and Split Dollar Policy endorsements, the policy interests are divided between the Bank and such executives.  The Bank 
is entitled to any insurance policy death benefits remaining after payment to the executive’s beneficiary. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If Messrs. Courtney or McCarty are terminated for cause, the Bank will not pay any benefits under the Salary Continuation 

Agreement.  For this purpose, the term “cause” means an executive’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, fraud, disloyalty, 
dishonesty or willful violation of law or significant bank policies in connection with the executive’s service that results in an adverse 
effect on the Bank. 

In February 2008, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved an additional Salary Continuation Agreement in the same form 
also for Ronald C.  Martin. Under the Salary Continuation Agreement, Mr. Martin entitled to receive maximum annual payment of 
$48,000 for a period of 10 years following his retirement at the age of 67 or upon a change in control, as defined in the salary 
continuation agreement. In the event of disability while employed at the Bank prior to the age of 67, the executive will receive a 
benefit equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of disability.  In the event of early termination, the 
executive will receive a vested portion of his retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of such early retirement.  The 
vesting schedule is 20% per year of service beginning with the first year of service.  In the event the Executive dies prior to 
termination of his salary continuation agreement, the beneficiary of such executive will receive from the Bank a lump sum death 
benefit amount. 

Impact of Emergency Economic Stabilization Act and American Recovery and Reinvestment Act 

As a participant in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program (CPP) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act 

(EESA), the Company will, as required, until such time as the U.S. Treasury ceases to own any securities of the Company, and during 
the period in which any obligation arising from financial assistance provided under the CPP remains outstanding, take all necessary 
action to ensure that its benefit and compensation arrangements applicable to its senior executive officers and other highly 
compensated employees comply with Section 111(b) of EESA. 

On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) was signed into law. Section 7001 of ARRA 
amended Section 111 of EESA in its entirety. While the U.S. Treasury must promulgate regulations to implement the restrictions and 
standards set forth in Section 7001, ARRA, among other things, significantly expands the executive compensation restrictions 
previously imposed by EESA.  The Company will take all necessary action to ensure that its current executive compensation 
arrangements comply with Section 7001 of ARRA, as applicable. 

ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. 

Ownership of Securities 

The following table sets forth certain information known to us with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of 

March 30, 2009, by: 

• each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of our common stock; 

• each current director, each of whom is a nominee for election as a director; and 

• all current directors and executive officers as a group. 

Our common stock is the only class of voting securities outstanding. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the 
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting and investment power with respect to the securities. Except as 
indicated in the notes following the table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole 
voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. The percentage of 
beneficial ownership is based on 7,661,627 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 30, 2009. In computing the number of 
shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options 
held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days following March 30, 2009 are deemed 
outstanding. However, these shares are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other 
person or entity. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beneficial Owner 
Five Percent Shareholder: (4) 

Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1) 
on March 30, 2009 

Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned 

Vested 
Option 
Shares (2) 

Percentage of
Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned (3) 

Patrick W. Hopper ....................................................................................... 

711,707  

N/A  

9.29%

Executive Officers and Directors:(5) 

James L. Gilbert........................................................................................... 

143,561  

Thomas A. Haidlen ...................................................................................... 

191,380  

Michael Q. Jones.......................................................................................... 

11,520  

Arne J. Knudsen........................................................................................... 

342,160  

Roger M. Schrimp........................................................................................ 

198,065  

Danny L. Titus ............................................................................................. 

216,051  

2,500  

3,375  

2,250  

0  

—  

—  

Richard J. Vaughan...................................................................................... 

88,000  

16,875  

Donald Barton.............................................................................................. 

10,000  

2,000  

Ronald C. Martin (6).................................................................................... 

169,100  

27,000  

Christopher M. Courtney ............................................................................. 

47,871  

74,250  

Richard A. McCarty..................................................................................... 

1,502  

55,028  

1.91%

2.54%

0.18%

4.47%

2.59%

2.82%

1.37%

0.16%

2.56%

1.59%

0.74%

All officers and directors as a group (11)..................................................... 

1,419,210  

183,278 

20.92%

(1) Except as otherwise noted, may include shares held by such person’s spouse (except where legally separated) and minor children, 
and by any other relative of such person who has the same home; shares held in “street name” for the benefit of such person; shares 
held by a family or living trust as to which such person is a trustee and primary beneficiary with sole voting and investment power (or 
shared power with a spouse); or shares held in an Individual Retirement Account or pension plan as to which such person is the sole 
beneficiary. 

(2) Consists of shares which the applicable individual or group has the right to acquire upon the exercise of stock options which are 
vested or will vest within 60 days of March 30, 2009 pursuant to the Company’s Stock Plans. 

(3) This percentage is based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, plus the number of option shares which 
the applicable individual or group has the right to acquire upon the exercise of stock options which are vested or will vest within 
60 days of March 30, 2009 pursuant to our Stock Plans. 

(4) The address for Patrick Hopper is 2624 Pebblegold Avenue, Henderson, Nevada 89074. 

(5) The address for all officers and directors is c/o Oak Valley Community Bank, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, California 
95361. 

(6) Exclude third party participant shares held by Mr. Martin in his capacity as trustee of the Company’s 401(k) plan. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. 

Loans to Directors and Officers in the Ordinary Course of Business 

The Bank offers loans to directors, officers, and employees in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, 
including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender, and 
which do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. All such loans were performing 
in accordance with their terms as of the date of this registration statement. Federal regulations permit executive officers and directors 
to participate in loan programs that are available to other employees, so long as the director or executive officer is not given 
preferential treatment compared to other participating employees. 

Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits a company from extending credit, arranging for the extension 
of credit or renewing an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan one of its officers or directors. There are several exceptions 
to this general prohibition, including loans made by an FDIC insured depository institution that is subject to the insider lending 
restrictions of the Federal Reserve Act. All loans to our directors and officers comply with the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal 
Reserve Board’s Regulation O and, therefore, are excepted from the prohibitions of Section 402. 

Director Retirement Agreements; Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policies 

On August 21, 2001, the Board of Directors authorized the Bank to enter into Director Retirement Agreements with each 
director.  The agreements are intended to encourage existing directors to remain directors of the Bank, assuring the Bank that it will 
have the benefit of the directors’ experience and guidance in the years ahead. 

For retirement after the later of age 72 or five years of service, the Director Retirement Agreements provide an annual 

benefit during the director’s lifetime of $12,000 for 10 years.  If a director retires or becomes disabled before the Normal Retirement 
Age, he will receive a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank at the time of 
early retirement or disability. 

If a change in control of the Bank occurs (as defined in the Director Retirement Agreements) and a director’s service 

terminates within 24 months after the change in control, the director will receive the retirement liability balance accrued by the Bank 
payable to the director for retirement at age 72 or after five years of service. 

In December of 2001, the Bank purchased insurance policies on the lives of its directors, paying the premiums for these 

insurance policies with one lump-sum premium payment of approximately $1,045,000.  Although the Bank expects the policies on the 
directors’ lives to serve as a source of funds for benefits payable under the Director Retirement Agreements, the contractual 
entitlements arising under the Director Retirement Agreements are not funded and remain contractual liabilities of the Bank, payable 
upon each director’s termination of service. 

The policy interests are divided between the Bank and each director.  Under the Bank’s Split Dollar Agreements and Split 
Dollar Policy endorsements with the directors, the Bank is entitled to any insurance policy death benefits remaining after payment to 
the director’s beneficiary.  The Bank expects to recover the premium in full from its portion of the policies’ death benefits. 

If a director is terminated for cause, the Bank will not pay any benefits under his Director Retirement Agreement.  For this 

purpose, the term “cause” means a director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful 
violation of law or significant bank policies in connection with the director’s service that results in an adverse effect on the Bank. 

On August 21, 2001, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted the Oak Valley Community Bank Supplemental Life 

Insurance Plan which applies to Messrs. Martin, Courtney and McCarty.  The Plan is intended to encourage these key employees of 
the Bank to continue their employment with the Bank.  In December 2001, December 2002 and January 2003, the Bank purchased 
single premium life insurance policies in the amounts of $951,000, $579,000 and $592,000, respectively, on the life of each of the 
officers covered by the Plan.  Under the Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreements to be entered into by the Bank with each such officer 
in the Plan, the Bank is the owner of the policies and the partial beneficiary in an amount equal to the cash surrender values of the 
policies. 

Compensation of Non-employee Directors 

Persons who are directors and are not employees of the Company receive $2,000 per month.  There is no plan in place for 
compensation of persons who are directors who are employees.  In addition, non-employee Directors of the Company were eligible to 
participate in the Company’s incentive stock plan. However, there were no stock options granted to non-employee directors in fiscal 
year 2007 or 2008. 
Director Compensation Table 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2008 for each non-employee Director 

of the Company.  Information related to Messrs. Martin and Courtney’s compensation is detailed in the “Summary Compensation 
Table” set forth above. 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE 

Fees Earned or 
Paid in Cash 

  Stock Awards

  Option Awards

Change in 
Pension Value 
and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 
24,000   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

All Other 
Compensation
(1) 

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

1,301   $
5,293   $
4,022   $
5,820   $
13,868   $
8,585   $
5,178   $
16,067   $

Total 

25,301 
29,293 
28,022 
29,820 
37,868 
32,585 
29,178 
40,067 

Name 
Donald Barton........................ 
James L. Gilbert..................... 
Thomas A. Haidlen ................ 
Michael Q. Jones.................... 
Arne J. Knudsen..................... 
Roger M. Schrimp.................. 
Danny L. Titus ....................... 
Richard J. Vaughan................ 

(1) Represents amounts accrued under the Director Retirement Agreements between the Bank and each Director. 

ITEM 14 — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by Moss Adams LLP and billed to the Bank for the audit of 
the Bank’s annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and fees for other services billed by Moss 
Adams LLP during those periods: 

Fees 
Audit Fees ....................................................................... 
Audit-related Fees ........................................................... 
Tax Fees .......................................................................... 
All other Fees .................................................................. 

$

104,377   $ 

40,000  
12,278  
18,275  

2008 

2007 

Total ............................................................................ 

$

174,930  

67,500 
2,961 
11,650 
27,739 

72,914 

Audit Fees.    Annual audit fees relate to services rendered in connection with the audit of the annual financial statements included 

in our annual report. 

Audit-Related Fees.    Audit-related services include fees for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting matters. 

Tax Fees.    Tax services include fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. 

All Other Fees.    The increase in all other fees is primarily attributable to tax advising work in the areas of enterprise zone and 

costs aggregation work. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15 — EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  Financial Statements 

PART IV 

Index to Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm................................................................................................ 

Financial Statements 

Balance sheets........................................................................................................................................................................ 
Statements of earnings ........................................................................................................................................................... 
Statements of shareholders’ equity ........................................................................................................................................ 
Statements of cash flows........................................................................................................................................................ 

Notes to financial statements ................................................................................................................................................. 

(b) Exhibits 

PAGE 

F-2

F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

F-7

The warranties, representations and covenants contained in any of the agreements included herein or which appear as exhibits 

hereto should not be relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of the Company’s securities and are not intended as warranties, 
representations or covenants to any individual or entity except as specifically set forth in such agreement 

Exhibit 
Number 

2.1 

Description 
Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Registrant, Interim Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. and Oak Valley Community 
Bank* 

Index to Exhibits 

3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.2   First Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.3   Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.* 

3.4   First Amended and Restated Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.** 

3.5   Certificate of Determination of Series A Preferred Stock of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc.** 

3.6 

Letter Agreement between the United States Department of the Treasury and Oak Valley Bancorp dated December 5, 
2008** 

10.1   Oak Valley Community Bank 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan* 

10.2   Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Director Retirement Agreement* 

10.3   Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Salary Continuation Agreement* 

10.4   Securities Purchase Agreement between Oak Valley Bancorp and the U.S. Treasury effective December 4, 2008** 

11   Statement Regarding Computation of Net Earnings per Share 

14   Code of Ethics 

21   Subsidiaries of the Issuer* 

23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
24   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this report) 

31.01 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.02 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant 
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.01 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

* Incorporated by reference from the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008 

** Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009 

50 

 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oakdale, California on March 30, 2009. 

SIGNATURES 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP   
a California corporation 

By: 

/s/  RONALD C. MARTIN 
Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors of the registrant hereby constitutes 
and appoints Ronald C. Martin and Richard A. McCarty, and each of them, as lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for each of the 
undersigned (with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of each of the undersigned 
officers and directors), to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, any and all amendments, supplements and exhibits to this report and any and all other documents in connection therewith, 
hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
necessary or desirable to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully and to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned 
might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or 
any of their substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ DONALD BARTON 
Donald Barton 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY 
Christopher M. Courtney 

/s/ JAMES L. GILBERT 
James L. Gilbert 

/s/ THOMAS A. HAIDLEN 
Thomas A. Haidlen 

/s/ MICHAEL Q. JONES 
Michael Q. Jones 

/s/ ARNE J. KNUDSEN 
Arne J. Knudsen 

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN 
Ronald C. Martin 

/s/ ROGER M. SCHRIMP 
Roger M. Schrimp 

/s/ DANNY L. TITUS 
Danny L. Titus 

/s/ RICHARD J. VAUGHAN 
Richard J. Vaughan 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

51 

Date 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Balance sheets...................................................................................................................................................................... 
Statements of earnings ......................................................................................................................................................... 
Statement of shareholders’ equity........................................................................................................................................ 
Statements of cash flows...................................................................................................................................................... 

Notes to financial statements ............................................................................................................................................... 

PAGE 

F-2

F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

F-7

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Oak Valley Bancorp 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oak Valley Bancorp and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years 
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting  the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oak Valley 
Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended 
December 31, 2008 and 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

As discussed in Notes 1 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)  No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 06-04 
“Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance 
Arrangements.” 

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Stockton, California 
March 31, 2009 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
BALANCE SHEETS 

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks..................................................................................................
Federal funds sold.............................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................

Securities available for sale ..............................................................................................
Loans, net of allowance for loan loss of $5,569,496 in 2008 and $4,506,753 in 2007 .....
Bank premises and equipment, net ...................................................................................
Other real estate owned (OREO) ......................................................................................
Accrued interest and other assets ......................................................................................

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Deposits ............................................................................................................................
Accrued interest and other liabilities ................................................................................
FHLB advances.................................................................................................................
Total liabilities ..........................................................................................................

Shareholders’ equity .........................................................................................................

Preferred stock, no par value; $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 
10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and outstanding at 
December 31, 2008 ...................................................................................................

Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 7,661,627 and 
7,607,780 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively ...............................................................................................................
Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................
Retained earnings..........................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax .................................................

$

$

$

December 31, 
2008 

December 31, 
2007 

9,072,860   $
765,000  
9,837,860  

41,448,877  
421,572,911  
11,093,967  
2,745,575  
21,503,821  

10,397,951 
3,805,000 
14,202,951 

33,372,624 
382,264,026 
10,108,620 
— 
14,310,569 

508,203,011   $

454,258,790 

378,248,467   $
2,968,465  
69,000,000  
450,216,932  

377,347,776 
3,549,624 
31,000,000 
411,897,400 

12,680,649 

— 

23,863,331 
1,925,224  
19,226,645  
290,230  

22,843,171 
1,748,380 
17,723,646 
46,193 

Total shareholders’ equity.........................................................................................

57,986,079  

42,361,390 

$

508,203,011   $

454,258,790 

See accompanying notes 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2007 
2008 

INTEREST INCOME...................................................................................................... 
Interest and fees on loans............................................................................................. 
Interest on securities available for sale ........................................................................ 
Interest on federal funds sold ....................................................................................... 
Interest on deposits with banks .................................................................................... 
Total interest income................................................................................................ 

$

27,611,325   $
1,615,951  
17,996  
1,887  
29,247,159  

INTEREST EXPENSE .................................................................................................... 
Deposits ....................................................................................................................... 
FHLB advances............................................................................................................ 
Federal funds purchased .............................................................................................. 
Total interest expense .............................................................................................. 

Net interest income .................................................................................................. 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES ................................................................................ 

7,240,037  
1,484,525  
7,748  
8,732,310  

20,514,849  
2,188,139  

30,132,688 
1,541,034 
159,163 
4,203 
31,837,088 

11,227,565 
1,730,636 
48,286 
13,006,487 

18,830,601 
555,000 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses .................................................. 

18,326,710  

18,275,601 

NON-INTEREST INCOME............................................................................................ 
Service charges on deposits ......................................................................................... 
Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance...................................................... 
Mortgage commissions ................................................................................................ 
Other ............................................................................................................................ 
Total non-interest income ........................................................................................ 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE .......................................................................................... 
Salaries and employee benefits .................................................................................... 
Occupancy expenses .................................................................................................... 
Data processing fees .................................................................................................... 
Telephone expenses ..................................................................................................... 
OREO expenses ........................................................................................................... 
Other operating expenses............................................................................................. 
Total non-interest expense ....................................................................................... 

1,299,014  
370,004  
100,857  
752,532  
2,522,407  

9,305,601  
2,694,684  
764,792  
295,466  
1,553,881  
3,250,819  
17,865,243  

1,090,125 
175,168 
194,975 
737,341 
2,197,609 

8,586,098 
2,222,541 
541,556 
253,500 
— 
2,609,124 
14,212,819 

Earnings before provision for income taxes............................................................. 

2,983,874  

6,260,391 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ............................................................................. 
NET EARNINGS ............................................................................................................ 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion ...................................................................... 
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS ............................... 

NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE................................................................... 

NET EARNINGS PER DILUTED COMMON SHARE................................................. 

$

$

$

$

822,045  
2,161,829   $

63,819  
2,098,010   $

0.27   $

0.27   $

2,335,270 
3,925,121 

— 
3,925,121 

0.53 

0.52 

See accompanying notes 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
l
a
t
o
T

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

y
t
i
u
q
E

)
s
s
o
L

(

e
m
o
c
n
I

e
m
o
c
n
I

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
i
-
d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

k
c
o
t
S

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

7
0
0
2
d
n
a

8
0
0
2

,
1
3
R
E
B
M
E
C
E
D
D
E
D
N
E
S
R
A
E
Y

9
2
9
,
8
8
1
,
4
3

$

)
2
7
7
,
4
0
2
(

$

2
2
2
,
3
4
2
,
5
1
$

4
0
0
,
2
0
5
,
1

$

$

5
7
4
,
8
4
6
,
7
1
$

3
4
2
,
3
0
1
,
7

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7
0
0
2

,

1

y
r
a
u
n
a
J

,
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

Y
T
I
U
Q
E

’
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

P
R
O
C
N
A
B
Y
E
L
L
A
V
K
A
O

5
6
9
,
0
5
2

1
2
1
,
5
2
9
,
3

5
6
9
,
0
5
2

5
6
9
,
0
5
2

1
2
1
,
5
2
9
,
3

6
8
0
,
6
7
1
,
4

$

$

1
2
1
,
5
2
9
,
3

)
0
0
0
,
5
2
(

7
5
9
,
8
9
1

3
0
3
,
6
1
1

9
3
7
,
0
2
0
,
5

3
7
0
,
0
3
1

)
7
9
6
,
4
4
4
,
1
(

)
7
9
6
,
4
4
4
,
1
(

3
0
3
,
6
1
1

3
7
0
,
0
3
1

)
0
0
0
,
5
2
(

7
5
9
,
8
9
1

6
0
1
,
8
4

9
3
7
,
0
2
0
,
5

1
3
4
,
6
5
4

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

g
n
i
r
e
f
f
o

k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
g
n
i
r
e
f
f
o

k
c
o
t

S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
T

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
)
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p
9
1

.

0
$
(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b

k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

f
o

t
e
n
(

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

e
l
a
s
-
r
o
f
-
e
l
b
a
l
i
a
v
a

n
o
n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
u
n
i

s
e
g
n
a
h
c

t
e
N

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

)
9
6
1
,
3
6
1
$
f
o

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n
i

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e

t
e
N

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

0
9
3
,
1
6
3
,
2
4

$

3
9
1
,
6
4

$

6
4
6
,
3
2
7
,
7
1
$

0
8
3
,
8
4
7
,
1

$

$

1
7
1
,
3
4
8
,
2
2
$

0
8
7
,
7
0
6
,
7

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7
0
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

,
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

7
3
0
,
4
4
2

9
2
8
,
1
6
1
,
2

7
3
0
,
4
4
2

7
3
0
,
4
4
2

9
2
8
,
1
6
1
,
2

6
6
8
,
5
0
4
,
2

$

9
2
8
,
1
6
1
,
2

—

5
9
1
,
4
5

)
4
8
4
,
4
7
5
(

9
4
6
,
2
2
1

)
9
5
4
,
0
7
(

8
3
2
,
3
3
8

2
2
9
,
6
8
1

2
6
7
,
6
6
6
,
2
1

)
7
8
8
,
3
1
(

)
4
8
4
,
4
7
5
(

)
9
5
4
,
0
7
(

5
9
1
,
4
5

9
4
6
,
2
2
1

7
8
8
,
3
1

2
6
7
,
6
6
6
,
2
1

8
3
2
,
3
3
8

2
2
9
,
6
8
1

7
4
8
,
3
5

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
s
t
n
a
r
r
a

W
P
P
C
T
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
n
o
i
t
a
z
i
t
r
o
m
A
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
T

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
)
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p
5
7
0

.

0
$
(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
h
s
a
C

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b

k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
)
3
8
3
,
9
4
$
f
o

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n
i

f
o
t
e
n
(

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

4
0
-
6
0
F
T
I
E
g
n
i
t
p
o
d
a

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

)
4
6
6
,
8
5
1
$
f
o

x
a
t

e
m
o
c
n
i

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e

t
e
N

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

f
o

t
e
n
(

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

e
l
a
s
-
r
o
f
-
e
l
b
a
l
i
a
v
a

n
o
n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
u
n
i

s
e
g
n
a
h
c

t
e
N

9
7
0
,
6
8
9
,
7
5

$

0
3
2
,
0
9
2

$

5
4
6
,
6
2
2
,
9
1
$

4
2
2
,
5
2
9
,
1

$

9
4
6
,
0
8
6
,
2
1
$

1
3
3
,
3
6
8
,
3
2
$

7
2
6
,
1
6
6
,
7

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8
0
0
2
,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

,
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
e
  S

5
-
F

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net earnings ................................................................................................................. 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities: 

Provision for loan losses .......................................................................................... 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net.......................................................... 
Stock-based compensation expense ......................................................................... 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements ................................. 
Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment ....................................................... 
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable ................................................... 
Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities........................................ 
Increase in other assets............................................................................................. 
Net cash from operating activities........................................................................ 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Purchases of securities available for sale ..................................................................... 
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal paydowns of securities 

available for sale ...................................................................................................... 
Net increase in loans .................................................................................................... 
Purchase of BOLI policies ........................................................................................... 
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment.......................................................... 
Net purchases of premises and equipment ................................................................... 
Net cash from investing activities .................................................................... 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

FHLB advanced funds ................................................................................................. 
FHLB payments ........................................................................................................... 
Federal funds advances ................................................................................................ 
Federal funds payments ............................................................................................... 
Proceeds from sale of Preferred Stock ......................................................................... 
Dividends paid ............................................................................................................. 
Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts ............................................... 
Net decrease in time deposits....................................................................................... 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements ..................................... 
Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options ........................... 
Net cash from financing activities.................................................................... 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2007 
2008 

$

2,161,829   $

3,925,121 

2,188,139  
1,116,198  
122,649  
(54,195) 
1,434  
(7,744) 
(701,001) 
(2,500,595) 
2,326,714  

555,000 
986,559 
130,073 
(106,355)
(14,400)
7,062 
(5,085,005)
(2,583,711)
(2,185,656)

(15,606,409) 

(19,190,393)

7,947,699  
(44,242,599) 
(4,740,000) 
0  
(2,117,820) 
(58,759,129) 

269,863,000  
(231,863,000) 
63,178,130  
(63,178,130) 
13,500,000  
(574,484) 
10,146,439  
(9,245,748) 
54,195  
186,922  
52,067,324  

22,516,909 
(9,999,737)
0 
14,400 
(4,845,574)
(11,504,395)

62,869,400 
(65,469,400)
66,305,000 
(66,305,000)
0 
(1,444,697)
32,607,147 
(33,789,676)
106,355 
5,194,696 
73,825 

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.......................................... 

(4,365,091) 

(13,616,226)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period............................................ 

14,202,951  

27,819,177 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period...................................................... 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest ..................................................................................................................... 
Income taxes ............................................................................................................ 

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Real estate acquired through foreclosure ..................................................................... 
Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale securities .......................... 

NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Tax benefit from stock options exercised .................................................................... 
Cumulative effect of adopting EITF 06-04.................................................................. 

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

9,837,860   $

14,202,951 

9,785,838   $
1,160,000   $

13,341,328 
2,461,000 

2,745,575   $
402,701   $

0 
(414,134)

54,195   $
119,842   $

116,303 
0 

See accompanying notes 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Introductory Explanation 

On July 3, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Oak Valley Bancorp 
(“Bancorp”) became the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank ( the “Bank”).  On the Effective Date, a tax-free 
exchange was completed whereby each outstanding share of the Bank was converted into one share of Bancorp and the Bank became 
the sole wholly-owned subsidiary of the holding company. The information contained in the financial statements and accompanying 
footnotes for periods subsequent to the reorganization relate to consolidated Oak Valley Bancorp. Periods prior to the reorganization 
relate to the Bank only. The information is comparable for all periods as the sole subsidiary of Bancorp is the Bank. 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. All material 
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all 
adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash 
flows.  All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. 

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows. 

Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”) is a California State chartered bank. The Bank was incorporated under the laws of the state 
of California on May 31, 1990, and began operations in Oakdale on May 28, 1991. The Bank operates branches in Oakdale, Sonora, 
Bridgeport, Bishop, Mammoth Lakes, Modesto, Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, and Escalon, California. The Bridgeport, 
Mammoth Lakes, and Bishop branches operate as a separate division, Eastern Sierra Community Bank. The Bank’s primary source of 
revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominantly middle-market businesses. 

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, 
management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure 
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates. 

Change in accounting principle — During 2008 in conjunction with the Company’s filing of a Form 10 registration statement with 
the SEC, the Company made a change in accounting principle and adopted Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108.  As a result, the 
Company recorded adjustments to its deferred tax assets and also recorded a liability related to lease agreements that include fixed rent 
escalation clauses. 

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, the 
Company adjusted its financial statements to apply SAB No. 108 retrospectively.  As a result of the change in accounting principle, 
the following adjustments to the financial statements were made: 

•      Accrued interest and other assets decreased by $144,586 at December 31, 2007. 
•      Other liabilities increased by $134,030 at December 31, 2007. 
•      Retained earnings decreased by $278,616 at December 31, 2007. 
•      Occupancy expense increased $42,107 for the year ended December 31, 2007. 
•      Income tax expense increased $1,270 for the year ended December 31, 2007. 
•      Net income decreased $43,227 and basic and diluted earnings per share decreased $.01 per share to $.53 and $.52 per share, 

respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

Stock offering — During 2007 the Bank facilitated a stock offering in an effort to raise additional capital. The stock was first offered 
to existing shareholders between May 14, 2007 through June 15, 2007. Subsequently, the offering was extended to the public between 
June 16, 2007 through July 16, 2007. Common stock of the Bank was offered at $11 per share to all investors. As a result of the 
offering, the Bank raised $4,995,739 in capital, net of offering expenses of $25,000. Additionally, 456,431 in additional common 
shares of the Bank were issued as a result of the offering. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The Bank has defined cash and cash equivalents to include cash, due from banks, certificates of 
deposit with maturities of three months or less, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. At times 
throughout the year, balances can exceed FDIC insurance limits.  Management believes the risk of loss is remote as these amounts are 
held by major financial institutions. 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available for sale — Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, and debentures not classified as trading 
securities or held-to-maturity securities. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, are reported 
as a net amount in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, accumulated other comprehensive income, until realized. Gains and 
losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific identification method. The amortization of 
premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized as adjustments to interest income over the period to maturity. 

Investments with fair values that are less than amortized cost are considered impaired. Impairment may result from either a decline in 
the financial condition of the issuing entity or, in the case of fixed interest rate investments, from rising interest rates. At each financial 
statement date, management assesses each investment to determine if impaired investments are temporarily impaired or if the 
impairment is other than temporary based on the positive and negative evidence available. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not 
limited to, industry analyst reports, credit market conditions, and interest rate trends. If negative evidence outweighs positive evidence 
that the carrying amount is recoverable within a reasonable period of time, the impairment is deemed to be other than temporary and 
the security is written down in the period in which such determination is made. 

Other real estate owned - Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially 
recorded at the lower of carrying amount of the loan or fair value of the property at the date of foreclosure less selling costs.  
Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and any subject revisions in the estimate of fair value are reported as 
adjustment to the carrying value of the real estate, provided the adjusted carrying amount does not exceed the original amount at 
foreclosure.  Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.  
As of December 31, 2008, six loans with outstanding balances of $2,745,575 were reclassified to other real estate owned. 

Loans and allowance for loan losses — Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred 
loan fees, and the allowance for loan losses. Unearned discounts on installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of the 
loans. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on the daily balance of the principal amount 
outstanding. 

Loan fees net of certain direct costs of origination, which represent an adjustment to interest yield, are deferred and amortized over the 
contractual term of the loan. 

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is 
discontinued either when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal or when a loan becomes 
contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all 
interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on such loans is then 
recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are 
resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of 
management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest. 

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loans are charged against the 
allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries of 
previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the 
collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may 
affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This 
evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes 
available. 

The allowance consists of specific, general, and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as 
impaired. Impaired loans, as defined, are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general component relates to non-
impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to 
cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects 
the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses 
in the portfolio. 

The Bank considers a loan impaired when it is probable that all amounts of principal and interest due, according to the contractual 
terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected, which is the same criteria used for the transfer of loans to non-accrual status. 
Interest income is recognized on impaired loans in the same manner as non-accrual loans. Factors considered by management in 
determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as 
impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into 
consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the 
delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. 

The method for calculating the allowance for off-balance-sheet is based on an allowance percentage which is less than other 
outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This allowance percentage is evaluated by management periodically and 
is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the allowance for off-balance-sheet commitments. 

Premises and equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation 
and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated 
service lives using the straight-line basis. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation are: 

Building ...................................... 

  31.5 

   years 

Equipment................................... 

  3 – 12 

   years 

Furniture and fixtures.................. 

  3 –   7 

   years 

Leasehold improvements ............ 

  5 – 15 

   years 

Automobiles................................ 

  3 –   5 

   years 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. The straight-
line method of depreciation is followed for all assets for financial reporting purposes, but accelerated methods are used for tax 
purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided for the resulting temporary differences. 

Income taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax 
basis of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates 
applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. 
As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

The Bank adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. 
The Bank had no unrecognized tax benefits which would require an adjustment to the January 1, 2007 beginning balance of retained 
earnings. The Bank had no unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007, December 31, 2007 and 2008. 

The Bank recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. During the years ended 
December 31, 2008 and 2007 the Bank recognized no interest and penalties. 

The Bank files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states. With few exceptions, the Bank is no longer 
subject to U.S. federal or state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004. 

Transfers of financial assets — Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been 
surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when:  (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank, 
(2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that contain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the 
transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase 
them before their maturity. 

Advertising costs — The Bank expenses marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $126,000 and $119,000 for 
the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Comprehensive income — Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income. Other 
comprehensive income includes items previously recorded directly to equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities 
available for sale. Comprehensive income is presented in the statement of shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 
2008 and 2007, no amounts were reclassified out of comprehensive income into earnings. 

Investment in limited partnership —  During 2007 the Bank acquired limited interests in a private limited partnership that acquires 
affordable housing properties in California that generate Low Income Housing Tax Credits under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended.  The Bank’s limited partnership investment is accounted for under the equity method.  The Bank’s 
noninterest expense associated with the utilization of these tax credits for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 62,932 and 
$54,308, respectively.  The limited partnership investment is expected to generate a total tax benefit of approximately $1.16 million 
over the life of the investment for the combination of the tax credits and deductions on noninterest expense.  The tax credits expire 
between 2009 and 2022.  In 2007, a tax benefit of $54,000 was utilized for income tax purposes and an estimated amount of $134,000 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
will be utilized in 2008.  The recorded investment in limited partnerships totaled $962,740 and $377,790 at December 31, 2008 and 
2007, respectively, and is reflected as a component of accrued interest and other assets on the balance sheets. 

Stock based compensation —Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R,   Share Based Payments, requires 
companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based forms of 
compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the vesting period).  The bank uses the 
straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting. 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the grant date using an option-pricing model with the assumptions noted in the 
following table. The Bank utilizes a binomial pricing model for all grants. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the 
price of the Bank’s stock. The Bank uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the 
valuation model. The expected term of options granted for the binomial model is derived from applying a historical suboptimal 
exercise factor to the contractual term of the grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free rate for periods is equal to the U.S. Treasury 
yield at the time of grant and commensurate with the contractual term of the grant. 

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using an options pricing model with the following weighted average 
assumptions: 

Pricing model ...............................  
Dividend yield ..............................  
Expected volatility........................  
Risk-free interest rate ...................  
Expected option term....................  
Stock-based compensation 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2008 
Binomial 
1.54% 
36.25% 
4.22% 
7.27 years 

2007 
Binomial 
1.73% 
36.33% 
4.79% 
7.25 years 

recorded....................................  

  $ 

122,649   $

130,073

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. There was no 
effect on net income or shareholders’ equity. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards — In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS 157”) which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for 
interim periods within those years. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the 
related disclosure requirements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value 
measurements. The Statement indicates, among other things, that a fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell an asset 
or transfer a liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability. SFAS 157 defines fair value based upon an exit price model. Relative to SFAS 157, the 
FASB proposed FASB Staff Positions (FSP) 157-a, 157-b, and 157-c. FSP 157-a amends SFAS 157 to exclude Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions, 
while FSP 157-b delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are 
recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. FSP 157-c clarifies the principles in SFAS 157 on 
the fair value measurement of liabilities. Public comments on FSP 157-a and 157-b were due in January 2008, while public comments 
on FSP 157-c were due in February 2008.  The Company adopted this pronouncement effective January 1, 2008 and has determined 
that this Standard has not had a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial 
Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain 
other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate 
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities using different measurement techniques. SFAS 159 
requires additional disclosures related to the fair value measurements included in the entity’s financial statements. This Statement is 
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Accordingly, the Company adopted 
SFAS 159 in the first quarter of 2008.  The Company did not elect the fair value option for any of its financial assets or liabilities. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” 
(“SFAS 141(R)”), which replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”). 
SFAS 141(R) retains the underlying concepts of SFAS 141 in that all business combinations are still required to be accounted for at 
fair value under the acquisition method of accounting but SFAS 141(R) changed the method of applying the acquisition method in a 
number of significant aspects. Acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred; noncontrolling interests will be valued at fair 
value at the acquisition date; in-process research and development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
at the acquisition date; restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the 
acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date 
generally will affect income tax expense. SFAS 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations for which the 
acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the exception of the 
accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS 141(R) amends SFAS 109 such that 
adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed 
prior to the effective date of SFAS 141(R) would also apply the provisions of SFAS 141(R). Early adoption is not permitted. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated 
Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51.” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods 
within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with earlier adoption prohibited. The Statement requires the 
recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the 
parent’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on 
the face of the income statement. The Statement also amends certain of ARB No. 51’s consolidation procedures for consistency with 
the requirements of SFAS 141(R). This Statement also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent 
and its noncontrolling interest. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact this Statement may have on the Company’s 
financial position, results of operations and cash flows, but does not believe the impact of the adoption will be material. 

FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit 
Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.”  EITF 06-4 requires the recognition of a liability and related 
compensation expense for bank owned life insurance policies with joint beneficiary agreements that provide a benefit to an employee 
that extends to post-retirement periods.  Under EITF 06-4, life insurance policies purchased for the purpose of providing such benefits 
do not effectively settle an entity’s obligation to the employee.  Accordingly, the entity must recognize a liability and related 
compensation expense during the employee’s active service period based on the future cost of insurance to be incurred during the 
employee’s retirement.  If the entity has agreed to provide the employee with a death benefit, then the liability for the future death 
benefit should be recognized by following the guidance in SFAS 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other 
Than Pensions.”  The Company adopted this pronouncement effective January 1, 2008. The impact to the Company’s financial 
position, results of operations and cash flows was not material. 

NOTE 2 — CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS 

Cash and due from banks includes balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent banks. The Bank is required to 
maintain specified reserves by the Federal Reserve Bank. The average reserve requirements are based on a percentage of the Bank’s 
deposit liabilities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Bank requires the Bank to maintain a certain minimum balance at all times. 

NOTE 3 — SECURITIES 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2008, are as follows: 

Amortized Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross Unrealized
Losses 

Estimated Fair 
Market Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. agencies.......................   
Collateralized mortgage 

obligations.......................   
Municipalities .....................   
SBA Pools...........................   
Asset-Back Security............   

$ 

25,540,641   $

609,957   $

(65,680)  $ 

26,084,918 

3,438,998  
9,970,961  
1,820,810  
198,081  
40,969,491 

$

$ 

54,471  
14,829  
—  
—  
679,257   $

(8,861) 
(83,567) 
(41,682) 
(81) 
(199,871)  $ 

3,484,608 
9,902,223 
1,779,128 
198,000 
41,448,877 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008. 

Description of Securities 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more 

Total 

  Unrealized 

Fair Value 

Loss 

U.S. agencies.......................... 
Collateralized mortgage 

obligations.......................... 
Municipalities ........................ 
SBA Pools.............................. 
Asset Backed Securities ......... 

Total temporarily 

$ 2,900,405   $

(13,962)  $ 3,067,267   $

(51,718)  $ 

5,967,672   $

(65,680) 

618,552  
9,357,996  
—  
198,000  

(2,109) 
(83,567) 
—  
(81) 

1,085,704  
—  
1,626,502  
—  

(6,752) 
—  
(41,682) 
—  

1,704,256  
9,357,996  
1,626,502  
198,000  

(8,861) 
(83,567) 
(41,682) 
(81) 

impaired securities ......... 

$ 13,074,953 

$

(99,719)  $ 5,779,473 

$

(100,152)  $  18,854,426  $ (199,871) 

At December 31, 2008, a total of four U.S. agencies, one collateralized mortgage obligations and two SBA pools make up the total 
amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. Management periodically evaluates each available-for-
sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or other than temporary. 
Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due solely to 
interest rate changes and the Bank has the ability and intent to hold all investment securities with identified impairments resulting 
from interest rate changes to the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown 
below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Due in one year or less...........................................................................................  
Due after one year through five years ....................................................................  
Due after five years through ten years ...................................................................  
Due after ten years .................................................................................................  

Amortized 
Cost 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

$

$

88,186  
1,250,978  
4,238,046  
35,392,281  
40,969,491  

$

$

88,575 
1,235,828 
4,218,813 
35,905,661 
41,448,877 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2007, are as follows: 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Available-for-sale securities: 

U.S. agencies..........................................................  
Collateralized mortgage obligations ......................  
Municipalities ........................................................  
SBA Pools..............................................................  

$

24,874,744   $
4,024,103  
2,343,015  
2,054,076  

153,914   $ 
7,014  
58,834  
—  

(66,313)  $
(69,967) 
(1,855) 
(4,941) 

24,962,345 
3,961,150 
2,399,994 
2,049,135 

$

33,295,938 

$

219,762   $ 

(143,076)  $

33,372,624 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
The following table details the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and length of time that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2007. 

Description of Securities 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more 

Total 

U.S. agencies.............................  
Collateralized mortgage 

obligations.............................  
Municipalities ...........................  
SBA Pools.................................  
Total temporarily impaired 

$ 1,564,653   $

(1,182)  $ 7,076,297   $

(65,131)  $  8,640,950   $

(66,313)

977,951  
304,611  
2,049,134  

(6,821) 
(406) 
(4,941) 

2,241,900  
259,621  
—  

(63,146)  $  3,219,851   $
564,232   $
(1,449)  $ 
—   $  2,049,134   $

(69,967)
(1,855)
(4,941)

securities ...........................  

$ 4,896,349   $

(13,350)  $ 9,577,818   $

(129,726)  $  14,474,167   $

(143,076)

At December 31, 2007, a total of ten U.S. agencies, four collateralized mortgage obligations, three municipal securities, and two SBA 
pools make up the total amount of securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. Management periodically 
evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or 
other than temporary. Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized 
losses are due solely to interest rate changes and the Bank has the ability and intent to hold all investment securities with identified 
impairments resulting from interest rate changes to the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment 
security. 

There were no realized gains or losses on sales of available-for-sale securities during 2008 and 2007. There were no sales of available-
for-sale securities during 2008 and 2007. 

Securities carried at $30,117,814 and $28,930,614 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of 
public funds. 

NOTE 4 — LOANS 

The Bank’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Inyo, and Mono Counties. Approximately 63% of 
the Bank’s loans are commercial real estate loans. Approximately 9% of the Bank’s loans are for general commercial uses including 
professional, retail, and small business. Additionally, 17% of the Bank’s loans are for real estate construction for residential and 
commercial real estate. The remaining 11% are in agriculture, residential real estate, and consumer loans. Generally, real estate loans 
are collateralized by real property while commercial and other loans are collateralized by funds on deposit, business, or personal 
assets. Repayment of loans is generally expected from cash flows of the borrower. Pre-approved permanent financing generally pays 
off construction loans. 

Loan totals were as follows: 

Loans................................................................................................................................... 
Commercial real estate.................................................................................................... 
Commercial..................................................................................................................... 
Real estate construction .................................................................................................. 
Agriculture ...................................................................................................................... 
Residential real estate and consumer .............................................................................. 

DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

$

$

268,741,826  
37,302,286  
73,321,446  
25,916,928  
22,894,644  

208,309,072 
45,496,794 
83,173,030 
31,429,970 
19,400,263 

Total loans................................................................................................................... 

428,177,130  

387,809,129 

Less: 

Deferred loan fees and costs, net .................................................................................... 
Allowance for loan losses ............................................................................................... 

(1,034,723 ) 
(5,569,496) 

(1,038,350)
(4,506,753)

Net loans ..................................................................................................................... 

$

421,572,911  

$

382,264,026 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows: 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

Balance, beginning of year .......................................................................... 
Provision charged to operations................................................................... 
Loans charged off ........................................................................................ 
Loan recoveries............................................................................................ 
Reclassification of reserve related to off-balance-sheet commitments ........ 

$

4,506,753   $ 
2,188,139  
(1,114,534) 
4,745  
(15,608) 

4,341,062 
555,000 
(401,510)
4,275 
7,926 

Balance, end of year..................................................................................... 

$

5,569,496   $ 

4,506,753 

Changes in the allowance off-balance-sheet commitments were as follows: 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

Balance, beginning of year ................................................................... 
Reclassification of reserves from allowance for loan losses................. 
Provision Charged to Operations for Off Balance Sheet ...................... 
Balance, end of year.............................................................................. 

$

$

209,757   $
15,608  
(50,034) 
175,331   $

217,683  
(7,926) 
—  
209,757  

The method for calculating the allowance for off-balance-sheet is based on an allowance percentage which is less than other 
outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This allowance percentage is evaluated by management periodically and 
is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the allowance for off-balance-sheet commitments. 

The total recorded investment in impaired loans at December 31, 2008, was $4,078,765. The average recorded investment in impaired 
loans was $4,294,356 during 2008. The recorded investment in impaired loans that have a specific reserve was $3,322,670 at 
December 31, 2008. The recorded investment in impaired loans that did not have a specific reserve was $756,005 at December 31, 
2008. The total specific reserve related to impaired loans and included in the allowance for loan losses was $768,719. No interest 
income was recognized on impaired loans, while considered impaired during 2008. The total recorded investment in non-accrual loans 
was $4,078,765 at December 31, 2008.  In addition, there was one real estate construction loan with a principal balance of $643,000 
that was past due greater than 90 days and still accruing interest at December 31, 2008. 

The total recorded investment in impaired loans at December 31, 2007, was $9,087,462. The average recorded investment in impaired 
loans was $1,411,000 during 2007. The recorded investment in impaired loans that have a specific reserve was $977,218 at 
December 31, 2007. The recorded investment in impaired loans that did not have a specific reserve was $8,110,244 at December 31, 
2007. The total specific reserve related to impaired loans and included in the allowance for loan losses was $95,430. No interest 
income was recognized on impaired loans, while considered impaired during 2007. The total recorded investment in non-accrual loans 
was $9,087,462 at December 31, 2007.  In addition, there were no loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing interest at 
December 31, 2007. 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, loans carried at $274,578,420 and $261,861,840, respectively, were pledged as collateral on 
advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

NOTE 5 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows: 

DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

Land ...................................................................................................................................... 
Building ................................................................................................................................ 
Leasehold improvements ...................................................................................................... 
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment........................................................................................ 

$

$

4,023,703  
3,192,470  
3,604,173  
5,909,567  

3,611,703  
2,480,649  
3,152,407  
5,606,695  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.................................................................. 

5,635,946  

4,742,834  

16,729,913  

14,851,454  

$

11,093,967  

$

10,108,620  

Depreciation expense was $1,131,038 and $1,022,739 for the years ended 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
NOTE 6 — ACCRUED INTEREST AND OTHER ASSETS 

Other assets are summarized as follows: 

Interest income receivable on loans .........................................................................................  
Interest income receivable on investments ..............................................................................  
Net deferred tax asset...............................................................................................................  
Federal Reserve Bank stock.....................................................................................................  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock...............................................................................................  
Cash surrender value of life insurance .....................................................................................  
Investment in limited partnership ............................................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other......................................................................................................  

$ 

DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

1,676,613   $
209,746  
2,554,700  
750,550  
3,803,700  
9,859,234  
845,500  
1,803,778  

1,693,677 
184,940 
2,237,414 
669,500 
2,283,300 
4,749,230 
323,482 
2,169,026 

NOTE 7 — DEPOSITS 

Deposit totals were as follows: 

$ 

21,503,821 

$

14,310,569 

DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

Demand................................................................................................................................  
NOW accounts.....................................................................................................................  
Money market deposit accounts...........................................................................................  
Savings.................................................................................................................................  
Time, under $100,000 ..........................................................................................................  
Time, $100,000 and over .....................................................................................................  

$

64,276,737   $
53,485,103  
157,351,888  
12,532,242  
46,562,563  
44,039,934  

68,150,833 
54,496,524 
138,413,815 
16,438,359 
42,227,602 
57,620,643 

Total deposits...................................................................................................................  

$

378,248,467   $

377,347,776 

Certificates of deposit issued and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2008, are as follows: 

Year ending December 31, 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 

$

$

71,681,711 
18,098,971 
509,194 
300,971 
11,650 
90,602,497 

NOTE 8 — FHLB ADVANCES 

At December 31, 2008, the Bank had advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) totaling $69,000,000. Of the total 
advances outstanding, $34,500,000 represents term advances due in 2009, $18,500,000 represents term advances due in 2010, and 
$16,000,000 represents overnight open advances. The weighted average interest rate on these advances was 1.51% and interest 
payments are due monthly. Unused and available advances totaled $38,130,625 at December 31, 2008.  Loans carried at $274,578,420 
at December 31, 2008, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

At December 31, 2007, the Bank had advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) totaling $31,000,000. Of the total 
advances outstanding, $10,000,000 represents term advances due in 2008, $3,000,000 represents term advances due in 2009, and 
$18,000,000 represents overnight open advances. The weighted average interest rate on these advances was 4.69% and interest 
payments are due monthly. Unused and available advances totaled $67,740,720 at December 31, 2007.  Loans carried at $261,861,840 
at December 31, 2007, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9 — INTEREST ON DEPOSITS 

Interest on deposits was comprised of the following: 

Savings and other deposits..............................................  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more ................................  
Other time deposits .........................................................  

NOTE 10 — INCOME TAXES 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

$

$

4,210,099   $
1,578,851  
1,451,088  

5,636,857  
3,457,958  
2,132,750  

7,240,037 

$

11,227,565  

Current .........................................................................  
Federal .....................................................................  
State .........................................................................  

$

802,797   $
141,878  

1,739,000   $ 
530,000  

2,089,500 
718,000 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2007 

2008 

2006 

Deferred .......................................................................  
Federal .....................................................................  
State .........................................................................  

944,675 

2,269,000  

2,807,500 

(8,812) 
(113,818) 

65,970  
300  

(285,325)
(42,000)

(122,630) 

66,270  

(327,325)

$

822,045 

$

2,335,270   $ 

2,480,175 

The components of the Bank’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (included in accrued interest and other assets on the balance sheet), is 
shown below: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Deferred loan fees ................................................................................................................  
Allowance for loan losses ....................................................................................................  
State income tax...................................................................................................................  
Accrued bonus .....................................................................................................................  
Accrued vacation .................................................................................................................  
Accrued salary continuation liability ...................................................................................  
Deferred compensation ........................................................................................................  
Split Dollar Life Insurance...................................................................................................  
EITF 06-04...........................................................................................................................  
Nonaccrual loans..................................................................................................................  
OREO expenses ...................................................................................................................  
Holding company organization fees ....................................................................................  
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale....................................................................  

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Prepaid expenses..................................................................................................................  
FHLB dividends...................................................................................................................  
Accumulated depreciation....................................................................................................  
Deferred rent ........................................................................................................................  
Stock Options.......................................................................................................................  
Investment in limited partnership ........................................................................................  
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale....................................................................  

DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

$ 

200   $

1,813,000  
76,800  
7,800  
35,000  
372,000  
58,000  
128,000  
49,000  
56,000  
517,000  
58,000  
—  
3,170,800  

(170,000) 
(217,000) 
(191,000) 
(145,000) 
(50,000) 
(800) 
(185,000) 
(958,800) 

400 
1,910,000 
200,000 

31,000 
280,000 

108,000 
— 
113,000 
— 
— 
13,000 
2,658,000 

(51,000)
(167,000)
(58,000)
— 
2,600 
— 
— 
(276,000)

Net deferred income tax asset ..................................................................................................  

$ 

2,212,000   $

2,382,000 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Management has assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will 
be realized in the normal course of operations. Accordingly, these assets have not been reduced by a valuation allowance. 

The effective tax rate for 2008 and 2007 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 

Federal statutory income tax rate .....................................................  
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit ...............................................  
Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans....................  
Taxe exempt earnings on bank owned life insurance ......................  
Stock based compensation ...............................................................  
Low income housing tax credit........................................................  
California enterprise zone tax credits and deductions......................  
Other ................................................................................................  
Effective tax rate ..............................................................................  

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

34.0% 
7.2% 
(1.1)%
(5.1)%
1.6% 
(3.6)%
(4.7)%
(0.8)%
27.5% 

34.0 % 
7.2 % 
(1.0 )% 
(1.1 )% 
0.8 % 
0.0 % 
(1.1 )% 
(1.5 )% 
37.3 % 

Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined report in the State of California tax 
jurisdiction.  Prior to the formation of Bancorp in 2007, the Bank filed in the U.S. Federal and California jurisdictions on a stand-alone 
basis.  None of the entities are subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2005 for U.S. Federal or for years before 
2004 for California. 

We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 
2007.  No adjustments were identified for unrecognized tax benefits that required an adjustment to the January 1, 2007 beginning tax 
reserve.  We had no tax reserve for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2008.  We do not anticipate providing a reserve for 
uncertain tax positions in the next twelve months.  We have elected to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax 
benefits in tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, neither the Bank nor Bancorp had an accrual for 
interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions. 

NOTE 11 — STOCK OPTION PLAN 

During 1991 the Bank’s Board of Directors approved a fixed stock option plan (the “Plan”) under which incentive and non-qualified 
stock options may be granted to key employees and directors, respectively, to purchase up to thirty-five percent of the authorized and 
un-issued common stock of the Bank at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The Plan provides that the options 
are exercisable in equal increments over a five-year period from the date of grant or over any other schedule approved by the Board of 
Directors. All incentive stock options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. The Plan was ratified by the shareholders at 
the Bank’s annual meeting in April 1992. 

A summary of the status of the Bank’s fixed stock option plan and changes during the year are presented below. 

DECEMBER 31, 2008 

Outstanding at beginning of year .............................................................................................  
Granted ....................................................................................................................................  
Exercised..................................................................................................................................  
Forfeited...................................................................................................................................  

Shares 

506,564   $
10,000   $
(53,847)  $
(42,262)  $

Outstanding at end of year .......................................................................................................  

420,455   $

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

6.96 
10.81 
3.47 
12.16 

6.97 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year ....................... 

  $

4.16   $ 

4.18 

Intrinsic value of options exercised ................................................................... 

  $

1700,008   $ 

314,048 

Options exercisable at year end: 

343,005  

357,913 

Weighted average exercise price.................................................................... 
Intrinsic value ................................................................................................ 
Weighted average remaining contractual life................................................. 

  $

6.23   $ 

412,074  
3.93 years  

5.52 
1,155,012 
4.36 years 

Options outstanding at year end: 

420,455  

506,564 

Weighted average exercise price.................................................................... 
Intrinsic value ................................................................................................ 
Weighted average remaining contractual life................................................. 

  $

6.97   $ 

412,074  
4.43 years  

6.96 
1,210,741 
5.22 years 

Tax benefits totaling $1,600 were recorded in the statement of earnings during 2008 related to the vesting of non-qualified stock 
options. As of December 31, 2008, there was $157,958 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options 
which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.56 years. 

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank received $186,922 from the exercise of stock options and received income tax 
benefits of $54,195 related to the exercise of non-qualified employee stock options and disqualifying dispositions in the exercise of 
incentive stock options. 

NOTE 12 — TREASURY CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM 

In response to the stresses in the credit markets and to protect and recapitalize the U.S. financial system, on October 3, 2008, the 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law.  EESA includes the Treasury Capital Purchase 
Program (the “TCPP”), which was intended to inject liquidity into, and stabilize the financial industry.  On December 1, 2008, we 
received preliminary approval from the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) to participate in the 
TCPP.  On December 5, the Bank issued to the U.S. Treasury 13,500 shares of senior preferred stock with a zero par value and a 
$1,000 per share liquidation preference, along with warrants to purchase 350,346 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price 
of $5.78, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $13.5 million.  Dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, 
May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year with a 5% coupon dividend rate for the first five years and 9% thereafter. If 
dividends on the senior preferred shares are not paid in full for six dividend periods, the U.S. Treasury will have the right to elect two 
directors to our board until full dividends have been paid for four consecutive dividend periods. The attached warrants are 
immediately exercisable and expire 10 years after the issuance date. We must comply with restrictions on executive compensation 
during the period that the U.S. Treasury holds an equity position in us through the TCPP.  Under the American Recovery and 
Reinvestment Act of 2009, we may elect to repurchase the preferred stock at the original purchase price plus accrued but unpaid 
dividends. 

The proceeds of $13.5 million were allocated between the preferred stock and the warrants with $12.7 million allocated to preferred 
stock and $833 thousand allocated to the warrants, based on their relative fair value at the time of issuance. The fair value of the 
preferred stock was estimated using discounted cash flows with a discount rate of 9%. The fair value of the warrants was estimated 
using the Binomial option pricing model with the following assumptions: 1) risk-free interest rate of 2.66% (the Treasury 10-year 
yield rate as of warrant issuance date); 2) estimated life of ten years (contractual term of the warrants); 3) volatility of 37.4%; and 4) 
dividend yield of 1.67%. The discount on the preferred stock (i.e., difference between the initial carrying amount and the liquidation 
amount) is amortized over the five-year period preceding the 9% perpetual dividend, using effective yield method. 

F-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13 — EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The Bank computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. SFAS No. 128 requires the 
presentation of basic EPS, which does not consider the effect of common stock equivalents and diluted EPS, which considers all 
dilutive common stock equivalents. 

Income 
(Numerator) 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 
Shares 
(Denominator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Net earnings ..................................................................................................... 

Basic EPS: 

Net earnings available to common shareholders.......................................... 

$

$

2,161,829  

2,098,010  

7,642,775   $

0.27 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options................................................................................................ 
Warrants....................................................................................................... 
Total dilutive shares......................................................................................... 

—  
—  

91,106  
4,723  
95,829  

Diluted EPS: 

Net earnings available to common shareholders plus assumed 

conversions .............................................................................................. 

$

2,098,010  

7,738,604   $

0.27 

Options to purchase 254,875 shares of common stock in prices ranging from $7.20 to $15.67 were outstanding during 2008. They 
were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of 
the common shares. These options begin to expire in 2015. 

Income 
(Numerator) 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 
Shares 
(Denominator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Net earnings ..................................................................................................... 

Basic EPS: 

Net earnings available to common shareholders.......................................... 

$

$

3,925,121  

3,925,121  

7,364,681   $

0.53 

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options................................................................................................ 

—  

159,824  

Diluted EPS: 

Net earnings available to common shareholders plus assumed 

conversions .............................................................................................. 

$

3,925,121  

7,524,505   $

0.52 

Options to purchase 104,750 shares of common stock in prices ranging from $10.85 to $15.67 were outstanding during 2007. They 
were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of 
the common shares. These options begin to expire in 2015. 

NOTE 14 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

The Bank is obligated for rental payments under certain operating lease agreements, some of which contain renewal options and 
escalation clauses that provide for increased rentals. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, was 
$904,800 and $669,054, respectively. 

At December 31, 2008 the future minimum commitments under these operating leases are as follows: 

Year ending December 31, 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 

  $

  $

802,804 
793,216 
751,314 
780,793 
814,136 
3,950,322 
7,892,585 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby letters of 
credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in 
the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of 
financial instruments. 

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to 
extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same 
credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk: 

Undisbursed loan commitments............................................................................................................  
Checking reserve...................................................................................................................................  
Equity lines ...........................................................................................................................................  
Standby letters of credit ........................................................................................................................  

Contract 
Amount 

  $  47,726,630 
1,276,002 
10,543,892 
3,528,566 
  $  63,075,090 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since 
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily 
represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of 
collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral 
held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and income-producing commercial 
properties. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. 
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. 

NOTE 15 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair values of financial instruments — The financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of December 31, 
2008 and 2007. Such information, which pertains to the Bank’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent the aggregate net 
fair value of the Bank. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and subjective 
considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. The following methods and 
assumptions are used by the Bank. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value. 

Securities (including mortgage-backed securities) — Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If 
quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments. 

Loans receivable — For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based 
on carrying values. The fair values for other loans (e.g., real estate construction and mortgage, commercial, and installment loans) are 
estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of 
similar credit quality. 

Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and certain 
types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying 
amounts). The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair 
values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that 
applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time 
deposits. 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances — Rates currently available to the Bank for borrowings with similar terms and remaining 
maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued interest — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair value. 

Off-balance-sheet instruments — Fair values for the Bank’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the 
counterparties. 

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2008 are as follows: 

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents .......................................................................................................  
Securities available for sale .....................................................................................................  
Loans........................................................................................................................................  
Accrued interest receivable......................................................................................................  

$ 

9,837,860   $

41,448,877  
428,177,130  
1,886,359  

9,837,860 
41,448,877 
429,344,847 
1,886,359 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits ...................................................................................................................................  
FHLB advance .........................................................................................................................  
Accrued interest payable..........................................................................................................  

(378,248,467) 
(69,000,000) 
(763,117) 

(378,041,128)
(69,103,323)
(763,117)

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 

Commitments and standby letters of credit..............................................................................  

(3,528,566)

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2007 were as follows: 

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents .......................................................................................................  
Securities available for sale .....................................................................................................  
Loans........................................................................................................................................  
Accrued interest receivable......................................................................................................  

$ 

14,202,951   $
33,372,624  
387,809,129  
1,878,617  

14,202,951 
33,372,624 
394,349,356 
1,878,617 

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits ...................................................................................................................................  
FHLB advance .........................................................................................................................  
Accrued interest payable..........................................................................................................  

(377,347,776) 
(31,000,000) 
(1,816,645) 

(377,536,730)
(31,080,813)
(1,816,645)

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities): 

Commitments and standby letters of credit..............................................................................  

(814,000)

NOTE 16 − FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2008, defines fair value, establishes a 
framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and 
enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the 
valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follow: 

Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 
Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that 
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. 
Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, the level 
in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular 
input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis are summarized below: 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31,
2008 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis: 

Available-for-sale securities ........................................... $

41,448,877   $

   $ 

41,448,877   $

— 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis: 

Impaired Loans ............................................................... $

3,309,956   $

—   $ 

—   $

3,309,956 

The fair value of securities available for sale equals quoted market price, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair 
value is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities.  Changes in fair market value are recorded in other 
comprehensive income net of tax.  SFAS No. 157 applies to loans measured for impairment using the practical expedients permitted 
by SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, including impaired loans measured at an observable market 
price (if available), or at the fair value of the loan’s collateral (if the loan is collateral dependent). Fair value of the loan’s collateral, 
when the loan is dependent on collateral, is determined by appraisals or independent valuation which is then adjusted for the cost 
related to liquidation of the collateral. At December 31, 2008, impaired loans had a principal balance of $4,078,675, with a valuation 
allowance of $768,719.  Upon being classified as impaired, charge offs were taken to reduce the balance of each loan to an estimate of 
the collateral fair market value less cost to dispose. This estimate was a level 3 valuation.  There was no direct impact on the income 
statement.  The charge-offs were recorded as a debit to the allowance for loan losses. 

NOTE 17 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Bank, in the normal course of business, makes loans and receives deposits from its directors, officers, principal shareholders, and 
their associates. In management’s opinion, these transactions are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with 
other customers of the Bank. Loans to directors, officers, shareholders, and affiliates are summarized below: 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2008 

2007 

Aggregate amount outstanding, beginning of year ..................................................................  
New loans or advances during year .........................................................................................  
Repayments during year ..........................................................................................................  

$ 

5,785,792   $
4,068,823  
(370,907) 

7,307,946 
2,793,291 
(4,315,445)

Aggregate amount outstanding, end of year ............................................................................  

$ 

9,483,708   $

5,785,792 

Related party deposits totaled $9,518,344 and $9,367,808 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

NOTE 18 — PROFIT SHARING PLAN 

The profit sharing plan to which both the Bank and eligible employees contribute was established in 1995. Bank contributions are 
voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions were approximately $296,000 and $326,000 for 2008 and 
2007, respectively. 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 19 — RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS 

Under current California State banking laws, the Bank may not pay cash dividends in an amount that exceeds the lesser of retained 
earnings of the Bank or the Bank’s net earnings for its last three fiscal years (less the amount of any distributions to shareholders made 
during that period). If the above requirements are not met, cash dividends may only be paid with the prior approval of the 
Commissioner of the Department of Financial Institutions, in an amount not exceeding the Bank’s net earnings for its last fiscal year 
or the amount of its net earnings for its current fiscal year. Accordingly, the future payment of cash dividends will depend on the 
Bank’s earnings and its ability to meet its capital requirements. 

NOTE 20 — OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS 

The Bank has awarded certain officers a salary continuation plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, the participants will be provided with a 
fixed annual retirement benefit for 20 years after retirement. The Bank is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits 
under the Plan. In connection with the implementation of the Plan, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance policies on the 
life of each of the officers covered under the Plan. The Bank is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The 
assets of the Plan, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Bank and are available to satisfy the Bank’s general 
creditors. 

During December 2001 the Bank awarded its directors a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will be 
provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Bank is also responsible for certain pre-retirement 
death benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance 
policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Bank is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance 
policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Bank and are available to satisfy 
the Bank’s general creditors. 

Future compensation under both plans is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Bank accrues for the salary continuation 
liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the plans. The Bank’s current benefit liability is 
determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate used is an 
equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary continuation 
contracts, which average approximately 20 years. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $903,657 and $680,844, respectively, has been 
accrued to date, based on a discounted cash flow using a discount rate of 6%, and is included in other liabilities. 

The Bank entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with certain officers. In connection with the implementation of the split-
dollar agreements, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered by the split-
dollar life insurance agreements. The Bank is the owner of the policies and the partial beneficiary in an amount equal to the cash 
surrender value of the policies. 

The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies was $9,859,234 and $4,749,230 at December 31, 2008 
and 2007, respectively. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies is included in other assets (Note 6). 

NOTE 21 — REGULATORY MATTERS 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet 
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if 
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the 
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures 
of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s 
capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and 
other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios 
(set forth in the table on the next page) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), 
and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2008, that the Bank meets 
all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 

As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under 
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total 
risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since 
notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are presented in the following table. 

Actual 

For capital 
adequacy purposes 

To be well 
capitalized under 
prompt corrective 
action provisions 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Capital ratios for Bank: 
As of December 31, 2008 
Total capital (to Risk- 

Weighted Assets) ..................  

$ 63,379,000  

13.3%  $ 38,206,000  

>8.0%  $  47,758,000  

>10.0%

Tier I capital (to Risk- 

Weighted Assets) ..................  

$ 57,635,000  

12.1%  $ 19,103,000  

>4.0%  $  28,655,000  

Tier I capital (to Average 

Assets)...................................  

$ 57,635,000  

11.8%  $ 19,593,000  

>4.0%  $  24,492,000  

>6.0%

>5.0%

As of December 31, 2007: 
Total capital (to Risk- 

Weighted Assets) ..................  

$ 47,311,000  

11.1%  $ 33,994,000  

>8.0%  $  42,493,000  

>10.0%

Tier I capital (to Risk- 

Weighted Assets) ..................  

$ 42,594,000  

10.0%  $ 16,997,000  

>4.0%  $  24,686,000  

Tier I capital (to Average 

Assets)...................................  

$ 42,594,000  

9.4%  $ 18,092,000  

>4.0%  $  21,831,000  

Capital ratios for Bancorp: 
As of December 31, 2008 
Total capital (to Risk- 

Weighted Assets) ..................  

$ 63,440,000  

13.3%  $ 38,211,000  

Tier I capital (to Risk- 

Weighted Assets) ..................  

$ 57,696,000  

12.1%  $ 19,106,000  

Tier I capital (to Average 

Assets)...................................  

$ 57,696,000  

11.8%  $ 19,594,000  

>8.0% 

>4.0% 

>4.0% 

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

>6.0%

>5.0%

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

22.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET 

ASSETS 

Investment in bank subsidiary.................................................................................................................................  
Other assets .............................................................................................................................................................  

Total Assets.....................................................................................................................................................  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

December 31, 
2008 

$

$

57,925,039 
61,040 

57,986,079 

Total liabilities ................................................................................................................................................  

— 

Shareholders’ equity ...............................................................................................................................................  

Preferred stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized and 13,500 issued and outstanding at 

December 31, 2008 .........................................................................................................................................  

12,680,649 

Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized and 7,661,627 and 7,103,243 shares issued 

and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively ......................................................................  
Additional paid-in capital ...................................................................................................................................  
Retained earnings................................................................................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax .......................................................................................  

23,863,331 
1,925,224 
19,226,645 
290,230 

Total shareholders’ equity...............................................................................................................................  

57,986,079 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ........................................................................................................  

$

57,986,079 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

22.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS 

INCOME.................................................................................................................................................................  
Dividends declared by subsidiary .......................................................................................................................  
Total income ...................................................................................................................................................  

EXPENSES.............................................................................................................................................................  
Audit expense .....................................................................................................................................................  
Legal expense .....................................................................................................................................................  
Other operating expenses....................................................................................................................................  
Total non-interest expense ..............................................................................................................................  

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary ..........................................................................  

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2008 

711,929 
711,929 

15,000 
128,320 
5,000 
148,320 

563,609 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary....................................................................................................  
Income before income tax benefit...........................................................................................................................  

1,537,180 
2,100,789 

Income tax benefit ..................................................................................................................................................  

61,040 

Net Income..............................................................................................................................................................  

Preferred Stock dividends and accretion.................................................................................................................  

Net income available to common shareholders.......................................................................................................  

$

$

2,161,829 

63,819 

2,098,010 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2008 

$

2,161,829 

(1,537,179)
(61,040)
563,610 

13,500,000 
(13,500,000)
(574,484)
10,874 
(563,610)

— 

— 

— 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

22.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net earnings ........................................................................................................................................................  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities: 

Undistributed net income of subsidiary ..........................................................................................................  
Increase in other assets....................................................................................................................................  
Net cash from operating activities...............................................................................................................  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from sale of Preferred Stock ................................................................................................................  
Capital infusion into bank subsidiary..................................................................................................................  
Dividends paid ....................................................................................................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options ..................................................................  
Net cash from financing activities...........................................................................................................  

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.................................................................................  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period...................................................................................  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.............................................................................................  

$

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings 

Set forth below are the bases for the computation of earnings per share for the periods shown. 

EXHIBIT 11 

Earnings Per Common Share .......................................................................................  
Basic ........................................................................................................................  
Average Shares Outstanding - Basic........................................................................  
Diluted .....................................................................................................................  
Average Shares Outstanding (including dilutive effect of stock options)................  

  $

  $

Earnings Per Common Share .......................................................................................  
Basic ........................................................................................................................  
Average Shares Outstanding- Basic.........................................................................  
Diluted .....................................................................................................................  
Average Shares Outstanding (including dilutive effect of stock options)................  

  $

  $

Three Months Ended 
December  31 

2008 

2007 

0.03    $ 

7,660,526   

0.03    $ 

7,723,711   

0.12 
7,606,506 
0.12 
7,727,570 

Fiscal Year Ended 
December  31, 2008 

2008 

2007 

0.27    $ 

7,642,775   

0.27    $ 

7,733,881   

0.53 
7,364,681 
0.52 
7,524,505 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 14 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP 

OAK VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK 

Code of Ethics 

Approved by the Board of Directors: November 18, 2008 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CODE OF ETHICS 

I. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

V. 

PHILOSOPHY 

EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

CONFIDENTIALITY 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES 

INSIDER TRADING 

VI. 

EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT 

VII. 

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES 

VIII. 

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT 

IX. 

FAIR DEALING 

X. 

PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF OVCB PROPERTY 

XI. 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

XII. 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS 

XIII. 

EXPRESSIONS OF OPINIONS 

XIV.  OTHER GUIDELINES/SARBANES-OXLEY ACT (SOX) 

XV. 

NO RETALIATION 

XVI. 

REPORTING OF ILLEGAL OR UNETHICAL BEHAVIOR 

XVII.  ADMINISTRATION AND WAIVER OF CODE OF ETHICS 

5B - 1 

5B - 1 

5B - 1 

5B - 2 

5B - 3 

5B - 3 

5B - 4 

5B - 4 

5B – 5 

5B – 6 

5B - 6 

5B - 6 

5B - 6 

5B - 7 

5B - 7 

5B - 7 

5B - 7 

This Code of Ethics (“Code of Ethics”) applies to all employees, officers and directors (“employee”) of Oak Valley Community 
Bank and Oak Valley Bancorp  (collectively the “Company” or the “Bank”). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I.   PHILOSOPHY 

The Company is committed to the highest standards of legal and ethical business conduct and we seek to foster an 
environment of awareness where the prompt reporting of any unethical or illegal behavior or any violation of our corporate 
policies, is protected, encouraged and dealt with fairly.  Ethical conduct is an inherent obligation of our directors and 
employees and in furtherance of our commitment and consistent with our core values we have adopted the following Code of 
Ethics. 

This Code of Ethics governs the actions and working relationships of Company employees and directors with its current and 
potential customers, consumers, fellow employees and directors, competitors, government and self-regulatory agencies, the 
media and anyone else with whom the Company has contact.  These relationships are essential to the continued success of the 
Company as a leading financial service provider. 

Compliance with this code is mandatory and it is the responsibility of each director and employee to read and become 
familiar with the ethical standards described here within. 

This Code of Ethics: 

•  Requires the highest standards for honest and ethical conduct, including proper and ethical procedures for dealing with actual 

or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships. 

•  Requires full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the periodic reports required to be filed by the Company 

with governmental and regulatory agencies. 

•  Requires compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. 
•  Addresses potential or apparent conflicts of interest and provides guidance for employees and directors to communicate those 

conflicts to the appropriate party. 

•  Addresses misuse or misapplication of Company property and corporate opportunities. 
•  Requires the highest level of confidentiality and fair dealing within and outside the Company environment. 
•  Requires reporting of any illegal behavior. 

II. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

For purposes of this policy, executive officers are defined as the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer 
and other Executive Officers.  In addition to the other requirements of the Code of Ethics, Executive Officers must ensure: 

•  Business transactions are properly authorized and completely and accurately recorded on the Bank’s books and records in 

• 

accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and established policy. 
The retention or proper disposal of Company records shall be in accordance with established policies and applicable legal and 
regulatory requirements. 

•  Disclosures in periodic reports are accurate, complete, objective, relevant, timely and understandable. 
•  Compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations of federal, state and local governments (both U.S. and foreign) and 

other appropriate private and public regulatory agencies. 

Executive Officers also must: 

•  Act in good faith, with due care, competence, and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing independent 

judgment to be subordinated. 

•  Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of employment. 
• 
Share knowledge and maintain skills necessary and relevant to the Bank’s needs. 
• 
Proactively promote ethical and honest behavior within the Company environment. 
•  Assure responsible use of, and control of all assets, resources and information of the Bank. 

III. 

CONFIDENTIALITY 

Nonpublic information regarding the Company or its businesses, employees, customers and suppliers is confidential.  As a 
Company employee or director, you are entrusted with confidential information.  You are only to use such confidential 
information for the business purpose intended. You are not to share confidential information with anyone outside of the 
Bank, including family and friends, or with other employees who do not need the information to carry out their duties.  You 

5B-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
will be required to sign the Handbook & IIPP Revision Acknowledgement Form in the course of your employment.  You 
remain under an obligation to keep all information confidential even if your employment with the Company ends. 

The following is a non-exclusive list of confidential information: 

• 

Trade secrets, which include any business or technical information, such as formula, program, method, technique, 
compilation or information that is valuable because it is not generally known. 
Information from a business plan or other confidential material that would be beneficial to competitors or investors. 

• 
•  Comments on highly controversial or sensitive subjects. If the Company is to respond on these matters, executive 

management will reply. 

•  All rights to any invention or process developed by an employee using  Company facilities or trade secret information, 

resulting from any work for the  Company or relating to the Bank’s business, is considered to be work-for-hire under the U.S. 
copyright laws and shall belong to the Bank. 
Proprietary information such as customer lists and confidential customer information.  Of particular concern is unintentional 
disclosure which includes leaving confidential information on copiers, fax machines, printers and desks or in other places 
where they may be viewed by either unauthorized individuals, which include employees without a need-to-know, customers, 
clients, vendors or service providers. 
Public and media communications involving the Company must have prior clearance from an executive officer. 
Information regarding the relationship between the Company and present and former employees. Any verbal or written 
request regarding disclosure of information of past and present employees should be directed to the Human Resources 
Department. 
State and federal exams and other agency reports are strictly confidential. Information contained in the reports should not be 
communicated to anyone not officially connected with the Bank. 

• 

• 
• 

• 

IV. 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES 

Our directors and employees should not be involved in any activity that creates or gives the appearance of a conflict of 
interest. A “conflict of interest” exists when a person’s private interest interferes or appears to interfere in any way with the 
interests of the Bank.  You are expected to avoid all situations that might lead to a real or apparent material conflict between 
your self-interest and your duties and responsibilities as an employee or director of the Bank.  Any position or interest, 
financial or otherwise, which could materially conflict with your performance as an employee or director, or which affects or 
could reasonably be expected to affect your independence or judgment concerning transactions between the Bank, its 
customers, suppliers or competitors or otherwise reflects negatively on the Bank, would be considered a conflict of interest. 

Using confidential information about the Company or its businesses, employees, directors, customers, consumers or suppliers 
for personal benefit or disclosing such information to others outside your normal duties is prohibited. 

Title 18 U.S. Code, Section 215, makes it a criminal offense for any Company employee to corruptly: 

Solicit for himself or herself or for a third party anything of value from anyone in return for any business, service or 
confidential information of the Company or; 

Accept anything of value (other than normal authorized compensation) from anyone in connection with the business of the 
Bank, either before or after a transaction is discussed or consummated. 

Employees and directors, on behalf of the Company, are prohibited from: 

Personally benefiting from opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, contacts, information or 
position. 

• 

• 

•  Accepting employment or engaging in a business (including consulting or similar arrangements) that may conflict with the 

performance of your duties or the Bank’s interest. 

• 

Soliciting, demanding, accepting or agreeing to accept anything of value from any person in conjunction with the 
performance of your employment or duties at the Bank. 

•  Acting on behalf of the Company in any transaction in which you or your immediate family has a direct or indirect financial 

• 

interest. 
Providing gifts and entertainment of a nominal value (generally not to exceed $100) are acceptable, to the extent that they are 
fit and suitable under the circumstances, meet the standards of ethical business conduct and involve no element of 

5B-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
concealment. Gifts given to customers or suppliers should be approved by an officer authorized to approve business expense 
claims. 

•  Making direct or indirect contribution of funds or other property of the Company in connection with a candidate to any state 
or federal political office. Contributions may be made to candidates of any local office only when the prior approval of an 
executive officer is first obtained. Company expenditures of a nonpartisan nature may be made in support of public issues of 
concern to the Bank, such as for political education, “get out and vote,” etc. 

There are certain situations in which you may accept a personal benefit from someone with whom you transact Company 
business such as: 

•  Accepting a gift in recognition of a commonly recognized event or occasion (such as a promotion, new job, wedding, 

retirement or holiday.) An award in recognition of service and accomplishment may also be accepted without violating these 
guidelines so long as the gift does not exceed $100 from any one individual in any calendar year. 

•  Accepting something of value if the benefit is available to the general public under the same conditions on which it is 

available to you. 

•  Accepting meals, refreshments, travel arrangements and accommodations, and entertainment of reasonable value in the 

course of a meeting or other occasion to conduct business or foster business relations if the expense would be reimbursed by 
the Company as a business expense if the other party did not pay for it. 

Directors and employees should be sensitive to any situation where there is the potential for a conflict of interest or the 
appearance of a conflict of interest. Judgment on whether a conflict of interest exists can be difficult to make and therefore, 
directors and employees who are uncertain should promptly consult with the following to determine the appropriate course of 
action: 

Executive Officers 
Directors 
Employees 

Chief Executive Officer 
Chair of the Board of Directors 

  Manager of Human Resources Department 

Members of the Board of Directors (Board) have a special responsibility because our directors are prominent individuals with 
other responsibilities.  To avoid other conflicts of interest, Directors are expected to recuse themselves from participation in 
any decision in which there is a conflict between their personal interests and the interest of the Bank. 

V. 

INSIDER TRADING 

It is unethical and illegal to buy, sell, trade, recommend to others or otherwise participate in transactions involving Company 
common stock or other security while in possession of material information that has not been released to the public, but 
which when released may have an impact on the market price of Company common stock or other equity security.  It is also 
unethical and illegal to buy, sell, trade, recommend to others or otherwise participate in transactions involving the common 
stock or other security of any other Company while in possession of similar non-public material information concerning such 
Bank. Any questions concerning the propriety of participating in Company stock or other security transactions should be 
directed to the CFO at: 209-844-7538. Common examples of this material are as follows: 

Tender offer or exchange offer. 

Projections of future earnings or losses. 

• 
•  News of pending or proposed merger or acquisition. 
• 
•  News of a significant sale of assets or the disposition of a subsidiary. 
•  Changes in dividend policies or the declaration of a stock split or the offering of additional securities. 
• 

Significant changes in management, new products or discoveries; or impending financial liquidity problems. 

Any requests of employees for “material inside information” that is not germane to the execution of the employee’s duties 
should be immediately reported to an executive officer. The employee should first inquire why such information is being 
requested. 

VI. 

EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT 

Regulation O affects, to varying degrees, extensions of credit to insiders of the Bank and, in some instances, insiders of any 
affiliate of the Bank. Executive officers, directors and related interests of a director or executive officers are covered under 
the Bank’s Loan Administration Policy, (Regulation O.) 

5B-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VII. 

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES 

Before agreeing to act as a director, officer, consultant or advisor for any other business organization, employees should 
obtain the approval of their immediate supervisor. 

Directors should disclose all new directorships or potential directorships to the Chairman of the Board in order to avoid any 
conflicts of interest and to maintain independence. 

Employees are encouraged to support and take active roles in public affairs, including civic, charitable, educational and 
political activities as long as they do not interfere with the performance of your Company duties.  This can be accomplished 
through voluntary action and involvement in such activities. Normally these activities take place outside of normal business 
hours. Before agreeing to participate in any civic of political activities, you should contact your immediate supervisor.  If the 
efforts require corporate time, again, prior approval should be obtained through the employee’s immediate supervisor. 

Employees wishing to accept appointed office such as with the city, county, state or federal government must first seek 
approval of an executive officer. They must campaign on their own time and not use Company property or services for such 
purposes. 

No employee or director should enter into investment transactions that would create, or give the appearance of creating, a 
conflict of interest between the employee or director and the Company or between the Company and customer. The policy 
covers investments for the personal account of an employee or director as well as members of his or her family. Such 
investment situations are too numerous to list.  However, specific examples of such situations that should be avoided are 
listed in the Human Resources Policy. 

VIII.  OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT 

Employees who are considering outside employment must notify their supervisor. Employees in some positions of the 
Company and its affiliates are prohibited by law from holding outside employment. 

It is contrary to Company policy for an employee to engage in outside employment that interferes, competes or conflicts with 
the interests of the Bank, or that will encroach on the normal working time, or necessitates such long hours as to impair the 
employee’s ability to meet regular job responsibilities of the Bank. An employee may be required to withdraw from a paid 
outside activity at such a time as management determines it is in the best interest of the employee and/or Bank. 

Outside employment must be disclosed in writing with a description of the employment, along with the hours of expected 
commitment on a daily basis, scope of interest, etc., and submitted to the employee’s supervisor. Final written approval must 
be given by an executive officer. A copy of the approval will be sent to the Human Resources Department and will be kept in 
the employee’s personnel file.  If approval is denied or approved and later revoked, the employee will be required to 
discontinue the outside employment or resign. Failure to disclose such outside employment may be subject to corrective 
action, up to and including employment termination. 

Even though the outside employment may be approved, employees must abstain from negotiating, processing or approving 
any business transaction between the Company and the outside organization with which they are affiliated, whether acting as 
a representative of the Company or the outside organization. 

Examples of situations arising from outside employment that may involve a conflict of interest or be subject to criticism are: 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

Employment or personally engaging in any activity that is competitive with the Bank. 
Employment that involves the use of the Bank’s equipment, supplies and facilities. 
Employment that involves the preparation, audit or certification of statements or documents upon which would be presented 
to the Bank, and that may place reliance for lending or other purposes. 
Employment that involves rendering investment, legal or other advice or exercising judgment that is predicated upon 
information, reports or analyses that are accessible from or through employment with the Bank. 
Employment that may reflect adversely on the employee or on the Bank. 
Employment under circumstances that may infer sponsorship or support of the Company on behalf of the outside employer or 
an outside organization. 
Employment as an insurance or securities broker, agent or representative. 

5B-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  While the Company has no policy against employees obtaining any real estate sales or brokerage license, specific prior 

approval must be obtained when engaging in any activity requiring the use of such license. 

•  Rendering accounting services. 
•  Drawing wills or practicing law. 
• 

Performing a service that the Company itself could perform. 

Additionally, in a situation where in the context of your outside employment you propose to perform work for the Bank, you 
must disclose this in writing with a description of the work to be performed for your outside employment, and it must be 
submitted to the employee’s supervisor.  Final written approval must be given by an executive officer. A copy of the approval 
will be sent to the Human Resources Department and will be kept in the employee’s personnel file 

Any other outside activity or venture involving customers, vendors or affiliates of the Company that may not have been 
covered in the foregoing, but raise some basis for concern, must first be reviewed and approved by the employee’s supervisor 
and final approval must be given by an executive officer.  Any business or professional listing of the employee’s outside 
activity, as in the telephone or other directory, is also prohibited. 

IX. 

FAIR DEALING 

Each employee and director should undertake to deal fairly with the Bank’s customers, suppliers, competitors and fellow 
employees.  Additionally, no one should take advantage of another through manipulation, concealment, and abuse of 
privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practices. 

Employees must disclose prior to or at their time of hire the existence of any employment agreement, non-compete or non-
solicitation agreement, confidentiality agreement or similar agreement with a former employer that in any way restricts or 
prohibits the performance of any duties or responsibilities of their positions with the Bank.  Copies of such agreements 
should be provided to Human Resources to permit evaluation of the agreement in light of the employee’s position. In no 
event shall an employee use any trade secrets, proprietary information or other similar property, acquired in the course of his 
or her employment with another employer, in the performance if his or her duties for or on behalf of the Bank. 

In the event that the Company becomes engaged in the business of serving as executor, trustee and guardian of estates of 
individuals, employees will be encouraged to recommend these services to qualified individuals.  Employees may serve as 
fiduciaries, personal executor, trustee or guardian on an estate or trust for members of their own families.  The definition of 
family includes: spouse, son, daughter, niece, nephew, cousin, grandchild, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, 
mother-in-law, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, grandfather, grandmother or any member of a household from this list of 
relatives.   With respect to any other person, employees should not seek nor accept appointment to any fiduciary or co-
fiduciary position without the written approval of an executive officer. Due to the danger of customer misunderstandings, 
potential liability to the Bank, its employees and inherent conflicts of interest, such approval will not normally be given. 

Employees will refuse any legacy or bequest. They also should not directly or indirectly accept bequests under a will or trust 
if such bequests have been made to them because of their employment with the Bank.  An employee may not receive 
anything of value for making a loan or accept a fee for performance of any act that the Company could have performed. 

Officers responsible for making internal investments with correspondent banks on behalf of the Company shall not accept 
any gifts that may be implicated as an influential transaction. 

An employee will not sell anything to a customer at a value in excess of its worth, nor will they purchase anything from a 
customer at a value below its worth. 

It is improper for an employee of the Company to accept a gift from a customer, supplier or from any other person or 
business seeking a relationship with the bank.  An employee should decline any gift where there would be even the slightest 
implication of influence on future business dealings. An employee may not do indirectly what they are prohibited from doing 
directly, to include but not limited to arranging to have a member of their own family accept a gift from a customer. 

Employees may not, on behalf of the Company in connection with any transaction or business of the Bank, directly or 
indirectly give, offer or promise anything of value to an individual for the purpose of influencing the actions of the recipient.  
This is not intended to prohibit normal business practices such as providing meals, entertainment, promotional gifts and 
tickets to cultural and sporting events, or gifts given for special occasions, so long they are of nominal and reasonable value 
under the circumstances and promote the Bank’s legitimate business interests. 

5B-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X. 

PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF COMPANY PROPERTY 

All employees and directors should protect the Bank’s property and assets and ensure their efficient and proper use.  Theft, 
carelessness and waste can directly impact the Bank’s profitability, reputation and success.  Permitting Company property 
(including data transmitted or stored electronically and computer resources) to be damaged, lost or used in an unauthorized 
manner is strictly prohibited.  No Company information may be used in the performance of any authorized or unauthorized 
non-Company related activity. 

XI. 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

As employees of a financial institution, it is important to consistently demonstrate an ability to properly manage personal 
funds, particularly the intelligent use of credit. This includes avoidance of the following: 

•  Borrowing from customers or suppliers. 
•  Borrowing from other financial institutions is appropriate as long as it is at the same terms, rates and conditions as would be 

offered to other customers of similar credit worthiness. 

Signing on customers’ accounts, unless the customer is related by blood or marriage. 
Taking advantage of a business opportunity that rightfully belongs to the Bank. 

•  Borrowing from other employees is strongly discouraged, as it may lead to animosity among employees. 
• 
• 
•  Acting as principal for either themselves or their immediate families in the supply of goods, properties or services to the 
Bank.  This includes purchases from the Company of foreclosed properties and repossessed vehicles or other personal 
property, unless approved by the Board. 

XII. 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS 

The successful business operation and reputation of the Company is built upon the principles of fair dealing and ethical 
conduct of our employees.  Our reputation for integrity and excellence requires careful observance of the spirit and letter of 
all applicable laws and regulations, as well as a scrupulous regard for the highest standards of conduct and personal integrity. 

The Company will comply with all applicable laws and regulations and expects its directors, officers and employees to 
conduct business in accordance with the letter, spirit and intent of all relevant laws and to refrain from any illegal, dishonest, 
or unethical conduct.  While the law prescribes a minimum standard of conduct, this Code of Ethics requires conduct that 
often exceeds the legal standard. 

Compliance with this policy of business ethics and conduct is the responsibility of every Company employee.  Disregarding 
or failing to comply with these standards could lead to disciplinary action, up to and including possible termination of 
employment 

The Company recognizes that its customers must have faith and confidence in the honesty and character of its employees and 
directors.  In addition to the importance of maintaining customer confidence, there are specific laws that outline the actions 
the Company must take regarding any known, or suspected, crime involving the affairs of the Bank.  In accordance with the 
Bank Secrecy Act (BSA), the bank must file a Suspicious Activity Report in the case of any known or suspected theft, 
embezzlement, check/debit card kiting, misapplication, structuring or other defalcation involving bank funds or bank 
personnel in any amount.  All such information should be immediately forwarded to the BSA Department for documenting, 
filing and retention. 

XIII.  EXPRESSIONS OF OPINIONS 

Use of Company letterhead for the purpose of personal letters, testimonials and letters of recommendation may lead to 
embarrassing situations for both the writer and the Bank. Accordingly, it is inappropriate for employees or directors to use 
official stationery for either personal correspondence or other non-business purposes. 

Employees should also refrain from giving legal or tax advice to customers, even if asked. The customers should be directed 
to seek qualified practitioners for such advice. Employees should also be careful not to recommend specific individuals, 
rather provide a list of professionals in the professional services field requested. The Bank’s relationship with the media is an 
important factor that affects our image to the community.  Employees should seek the approval of an executive officer, before 
making a definite commitment on behalf of the Company during a speech or the creation of an article for publication.  All 
questions or requests for information from reporters or other media representatives to executive staff, ensuring consistency 
and accuracy of information released. 

5B-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XIV.  OTHER GUIDELINES/SARBANES-OXLEY ACT (SOX) 

Congress passed the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in response to serious accounting abuses by Enron, WorldCom, Tyco, Global 
Cable, and a host of publicly traded companies.  Title III (Corporate Responsibility) Section 301 of the Act, contains a 
requirement that the Company establish procedures where employees can confidentially and anonymously submit negative 
information about the Company to the Audit Committee.  The information might be with regards to accounting practices, 
internal control deficiencies, senior executive abuses, or matters that need to be investigated by an internal auditor.  Title VIII 
(Corporate and Criminal Fraud Accountability Act of 2002) Section 806 prohibits retaliation against an employee for 
disclosing information to a government or law enforcement agency, where the employee has reasonable cause to believe that 
the information discloses a violation of state or federal statue, or a violation or noncompliance with a state or federal rule or 
regulation. 

The Company encourages vigorous, yet fair and open competition while providing a full range of financial services.  
Employees and directors are expected to observe the highest standards of ethical conduct in relationships with competitors. 
The dissimulation of rumors or disparaging statements regarding competitors is considered inappropriate and unethical. In 
addition, for ethical and legal reasons, employees and directors are prohibited from entering into arrangements with 
competitors for the purpose of controlling prices, rates, trade prices or marketing policies or disclosing to competitors future 
plans of the Company which have not been disclosed generally to the public. 

It is the policy of the Company to maintain records and accounts that accurately and fairly reflect its assets, liabilities, 
receipts and disbursements.  The falsification of any records, accounts or documents of the Company is grounds for 
dismissal.  There should never be issued any information that is false, misleading, incomplete or would lead to mistrust by 
the public, our customers, or our stockholders. 

XV. 

NO RETALIATION 

From time to time, employees may become aware of ethical shortcomings, internal control weaknesses and financial 
improprieties.  Matters such as these are to be reported to the employee’s immediate supervisor, the Human Resource 
Department, or CFO.  These written reports can be submitted anonymously or employees may reveal their names; this is a 
matter left to the choice of each employee. Once the reports are received by the Human Resource Department, they will begin 
an investigation of the complaint.  In cases where the employees reveals their name, the Company will respond if, (or as) 
appropriate.  No director or employee who in good faith reports a violation of the Code shall suffer harassment, retaliation or 
adverse employment consequence. An employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is 
subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment. 

All complaints will be documented on the Ethics/Whistle-Blower Complaint Log, maintained by the Human Resources 
Department.  A copy of all logged items with be shared with the Board Audit Committee via the Risk Management Officer at 
the next scheduled meeting, or sooner if warranted. 

XVI.  REPORTING OF ILLEGAL OR UNETHICAL BEHAVIOR 

We hold all directors and employees individually responsible for carrying out and for   monitoring compliance with this 
Code. Directors should immediately report in person or in writing any known or suspected illegal or unethical behavior to the 
Chair of the Board of Directors. Employees should immediately report any known or suspected illegal or unethical behavior 
to their immediate supervisor, Manager of Human Resources, or the CFO. 

125 N Third Avenue 
Oakdale, CA 95361 

XVII.  ADMINISTRATION AND WAIVER OF CODE OF ETHICS 

This Code of Ethics shall be administered and monitored by the Bank’s Human Resources Department.  Any questions and 
further information on this Code of Ethics should be directed to this department. 

All managers and direct supervisors are responsible for reviewing this Code of Ethics with their subordinates each time a new 
edition of the Code of Ethics is published. The provisions of the Code of Ethics Policy will be included in the Bank’s 
Employee Handbook.  The Employee Handbook will be issued to all new employees at the time of employment and reissued 
to existing employees and officers from time to time. Employees will be required to sign a receipt form from the Employee 
Handbook indicating they have read this Code of Ethics and will comply with its provisions. 

5B-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees and directors are expected to follow this Code of Ethics at all times.  Generally, there should be no waivers to this 
Code of Ethics, however, in rare circumstances conflicts may arise that necessitate waivers. Waivers will be determined on a 
case-by-case basis by the Human Resources Department with the advice, as needed, from Legal Counsel. However, the 
Board of Directors must determine waivers for directors and executive officers. For members of the board of directors and 
executive officers, the Board of Directors shall have the sole and absolute discretionary authority to approve any deviation or 
waiver from this Code of Ethics. Any waiver and the grounds for such waiver by directors or executive officers shall be 
promptly disclosed to stockholders in the Bank’s Annual Proxy Statement. 

The Board shall have the sole and absolute discretionary authority to approve any deviation or waiver from the Code of 
Ethics for executive officers.  Any waiver and the grounds for such waiver for a executive officers shall be promptly 
disclosed through a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K. Additionally, any change of this Code 
of Ethics for executive officers shall be promptly disclosed to stockholders. 

Known or suspected violations of this Code of Ethics will be investigated and may result in disciplinary action up to and 
including immediate termination of employment. 

5B-8 

 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (filed on or about March 25, 2009) of Oak Valley Bancorp 
on Form S-8 of our report dated March 31, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

/s/ Moss Adams LLP 

Stockton, California 
March 31, 2009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.01 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Ronald C. Martin, Chief Executive Officer, certify that: 

1.   

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Dated: March 30, 2009 

/s/ Ronald C. Martin 
Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.02 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Richard A. McCarty, Chief Financial Officer, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant); 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s Board of Directors: 

(a) 

(b) 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Dated: March 30, 2009 

/s/ Richard A. McCarty 
Richard A. McCarty 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.01 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Oak Valley Bancorp (the Registrant) for the year ended December 31, 2008, as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the undersigned hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1) 

2) 

such Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
and 

the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Registrant. 

Dated: March 30, 2009 

Dated: March 30, 2009 

/s/ Ronald C. Martin 
Ronald C. Martin 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Richard A. McCarty 
Richard A. McCarty 
Chief Financial Officer 

This  certification  accompanies  each  report  pursuant  to  section  906  of  the  Sarbanes  Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  shall  not,  except  to  the 
extent required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.